[PR19620][GAS][AArch64]Remove mov[z,k,n] relocation symbol name restriction.
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gas / doc / as.texinfo
CommitLineData
252b5132 1\input texinfo @c -*-Texinfo-*-
6f2750fe 2@c Copyright (C) 1991-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132
RH
3@c UPDATE!! On future updates--
4@c (1) check for new machine-dep cmdline options in
5@c md_parse_option definitions in config/tc-*.c
6@c (2) for platform-specific directives, examine md_pseudo_op
7@c in config/tc-*.c
8@c (3) for object-format specific directives, examine obj_pseudo_op
01642c12 9@c in config/obj-*.c
252b5132
RH
10@c (4) portable directives in potable[] in read.c
11@c %**start of header
12@setfilename as.info
13@c ---config---
a4fb0134
SC
14@macro gcctabopt{body}
15@code{\body\}
16@end macro
252b5132
RH
17@c defaults, config file may override:
18@set have-stabs
19@c ---
4a4c4a1d
MR
20@c man begin NAME
21@c ---
252b5132 22@include asconfig.texi
c428fa83 23@include bfdver.texi
252b5132 24@c ---
0285c67d 25@c man end
4a4c4a1d 26@c ---
252b5132 27@c common OR combinations of conditions
c1253627
NC
28@ifset COFF
29@set COFF-ELF
30@end ifset
31@ifset ELF
32@set COFF-ELF
33@end ifset
252b5132
RH
34@ifset AOUT
35@set aout-bout
36@end ifset
37@ifset ARM/Thumb
38@set ARM
39@end ifset
9982501a
JZ
40@ifset Blackfin
41@set Blackfin
42@end ifset
252b5132
RH
43@ifset BOUT
44@set aout-bout
45@end ifset
46@ifset H8/300
47@set H8
48@end ifset
252b5132
RH
49@ifset SH
50@set H8
51@end ifset
52@ifset HPPA
53@set abnormal-separator
54@end ifset
55@c ------------
56@ifset GENERIC
57@settitle Using @value{AS}
58@end ifset
59@ifclear GENERIC
60@settitle Using @value{AS} (@value{TARGET})
61@end ifclear
62@setchapternewpage odd
63@c %**end of header
64
65@c @smallbook
66@c @set SMALL
67@c WARE! Some of the machine-dependent sections contain tables of machine
68@c instructions. Except in multi-column format, these tables look silly.
69@c Unfortunately, Texinfo doesn't have a general-purpose multi-col format, so
70@c the multi-col format is faked within @example sections.
01642c12 71@c
252b5132
RH
72@c Again unfortunately, the natural size that fits on a page, for these tables,
73@c is different depending on whether or not smallbook is turned on.
74@c This matters, because of order: text flow switches columns at each page
75@c break.
01642c12 76@c
252b5132
RH
77@c The format faked in this source works reasonably well for smallbook,
78@c not well for the default large-page format. This manual expects that if you
79@c turn on @smallbook, you will also uncomment the "@set SMALL" to enable the
80@c tables in question. You can turn on one without the other at your
01642c12 81@c discretion, of course.
252b5132
RH
82@ifinfo
83@set SMALL
84@c the insn tables look just as silly in info files regardless of smallbook,
85@c might as well show 'em anyways.
86@end ifinfo
87
9160ea82
AM
88@ifnottex
89@dircategory Software development
90@direntry
252b5132 91* As: (as). The GNU assembler.
59455fb1 92* Gas: (as). The GNU assembler.
9160ea82
AM
93@end direntry
94@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
95
96@finalout
97@syncodeindex ky cp
98
0e9517a9 99@copying
252b5132
RH
100This file documents the GNU Assembler "@value{AS}".
101
0285c67d 102@c man begin COPYRIGHT
6f2750fe 103Copyright @copyright{} 1991-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132 104
0285c67d 105Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 106under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
0285c67d
NC
107or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
108with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
109Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 110section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
0285c67d
NC
111
112@c man end
0e9517a9 113@end copying
252b5132
RH
114
115@titlepage
116@title Using @value{AS}
117@subtitle The @sc{gnu} Assembler
118@ifclear GENERIC
119@subtitle for the @value{TARGET} family
120@end ifclear
e49e529d
JM
121@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
122@sp 1
123@subtitle @value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
124@end ifset
252b5132
RH
125@sp 1
126@subtitle Version @value{VERSION}
127@sp 1
128@sp 13
b45619c0 129The Free Software Foundation Inc.@: thanks The Nice Computer
252b5132 130Company of Australia for loaning Dean Elsner to write the
a4fb0134 131first (Vax) version of @command{as} for Project @sc{gnu}.
252b5132
RH
132The proprietors, management and staff of TNCCA thank FSF for
133distracting the boss while they got some work
134done.
135@sp 3
136@author Dean Elsner, Jay Fenlason & friends
137@page
138@tex
139{\parskip=0pt
140\hfill {\it Using {\tt @value{AS}}}\par
141\hfill Edited by Cygnus Support\par
142}
143%"boxit" macro for figures:
144%Modified from Knuth's ``boxit'' macro from TeXbook (answer to exercise 21.3)
145\gdef\boxit#1#2{\vbox{\hrule\hbox{\vrule\kern3pt
146 \vbox{\parindent=0pt\parskip=0pt\hsize=#1\kern3pt\strut\hfil
147#2\hfil\strut\kern3pt}\kern3pt\vrule}\hrule}}%box with visible outline
148\gdef\ibox#1#2{\hbox to #1{#2\hfil}\kern8pt}% invisible box
149@end tex
150
151@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
6f2750fe 152Copyright @copyright{} 1991-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132 153
cf055d54 154 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 155 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
cf055d54
NC
156 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
157 with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
158 Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 159 section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
252b5132 160
252b5132 161@end titlepage
4ecceb71 162@contents
252b5132 163
2e64b665 164@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
165@node Top
166@top Using @value{AS}
167
e49e529d
JM
168This file is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}
169@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
170@value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
171@end ifset
172version @value{VERSION}.
252b5132 173@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 174This version of the file describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
175code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
176@end ifclear
cf055d54
NC
177
178This document is distributed under the terms of the GNU Free
179Documentation License. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 180section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
cf055d54 181
252b5132
RH
182@menu
183* Overview:: Overview
184* Invoking:: Command-Line Options
185* Syntax:: Syntax
186* Sections:: Sections and Relocation
187* Symbols:: Symbols
188* Expressions:: Expressions
189* Pseudo Ops:: Assembler Directives
3a99f02f
DJ
190@ifset ELF
191* Object Attributes:: Object Attributes
192@end ifset
252b5132
RH
193* Machine Dependencies:: Machine Dependent Features
194* Reporting Bugs:: Reporting Bugs
195* Acknowledgements:: Who Did What
cf055d54 196* GNU Free Documentation License:: GNU Free Documentation License
28c9d252 197* AS Index:: AS Index
252b5132 198@end menu
2e64b665 199@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
200
201@node Overview
202@chapter Overview
203@iftex
a4fb0134 204This manual is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132 205@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 206This version of the manual describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
207code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
208@end ifclear
209@end iftex
210
211@cindex invocation summary
212@cindex option summary
213@cindex summary of options
a4fb0134 214Here is a brief summary of how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}. For details,
96e9638b 215see @ref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}.
252b5132 216
0285c67d
NC
217@c man title AS the portable GNU assembler.
218
a4fb0134 219@ignore
0285c67d
NC
220@c man begin SEEALSO
221gcc(1), ld(1), and the Info entries for @file{binutils} and @file{ld}.
222@c man end
a4fb0134 223@end ignore
0285c67d 224
252b5132
RH
225@c We don't use deffn and friends for the following because they seem
226@c to be limited to one line for the header.
227@smallexample
0285c67d 228@c man begin SYNOPSIS
83f10cb2 229@value{AS} [@b{-a}[@b{cdghlns}][=@var{file}]] [@b{--alternate}] [@b{-D}]
955974c6 230 [@b{--compress-debug-sections}] [@b{--nocompress-debug-sections}]
3d6b762c 231 [@b{--debug-prefix-map} @var{old}=@var{new}]
4bdd3565 232 [@b{--defsym} @var{sym}=@var{val}] [@b{-f}] [@b{-g}] [@b{--gstabs}]
b40bf0a2
NC
233 [@b{--gstabs+}] [@b{--gdwarf-2}] [@b{--gdwarf-sections}]
234 [@b{--help}] [@b{-I} @var{dir}] [@b{-J}]
4bdd3565
NC
235 [@b{-K}] [@b{-L}] [@b{--listing-lhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
236 [@b{--listing-lhs-width2}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--listing-rhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
d60646b9
NC
237 [@b{--listing-cont-lines}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--keep-locals}]
238 [@b{-o} @var{objfile}] [@b{-R}]
239 [@b{--hash-size}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--reduce-memory-overheads}]
240 [@b{--statistics}]
241 [@b{-v}] [@b{-version}] [@b{--version}]
242 [@b{-W}] [@b{--warn}] [@b{--fatal-warnings}] [@b{-w}] [@b{-x}]
243 [@b{-Z}] [@b{@@@var{FILE}}]
451133ce 244 [@b{--sectname-subst}] [@b{--size-check=[error|warning]}]
a0b7da79
MM
245 [@b{--target-help}] [@var{target-options}]
246 [@b{--}|@var{files} @dots{}]
a4fb0134
SC
247@c
248@c Target dependent options are listed below. Keep the list sorted.
01642c12 249@c Add an empty line for separation.
a06ea964
NC
250@ifset AARCH64
251
252@emph{Target AArch64 options:}
253 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
69091a2c 254 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}]
a06ea964 255@end ifset
625e1353
RH
256@ifset ALPHA
257
258@emph{Target Alpha options:}
259 [@b{-m@var{cpu}}]
260 [@b{-mdebug} | @b{-no-mdebug}]
198f1251 261 [@b{-replace} | @b{-noreplace}]
625e1353
RH
262 [@b{-relax}] [@b{-g}] [@b{-G@var{size}}]
263 [@b{-F}] [@b{-32addr}]
264@end ifset
252b5132 265@ifset ARC
a4fb0134
SC
266
267@emph{Target ARC options:}
886a2506
NC
268 [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}]
269 [@b{-mA6}|@b{-mARC600}|@b{-mARC601}|@b{-mA7}|@b{-mARC700}|@b{-mEM}|@b{-mHS}]
270 [@b{-mcode-density}]
4670103e 271 [@b{-mrelax}]
a4fb0134 272 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
252b5132
RH
273@end ifset
274@ifset ARM
a4fb0134
SC
275
276@emph{Target ARM options:}
03b1477f 277@c Don't document the deprecated options
92081f48
HPN
278 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
279 [@b{-march}=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
33a392fb
PB
280 [@b{-mfpu}=@var{floating-point-format}]
281 [@b{-mfloat-abi}=@var{abi}]
d507cf36 282 [@b{-meabi}=@var{ver}]
03b1477f 283 [@b{-mthumb}]
a4fb0134
SC
284 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
285 [@b{-mapcs-32}|@b{-mapcs-26}|@b{-mapcs-float}|
286 @b{-mapcs-reentrant}]
7f266840 287 [@b{-mthumb-interwork}] [@b{-k}]
252b5132 288@end ifset
9982501a
JZ
289@ifset Blackfin
290
291@emph{Target Blackfin options:}
292 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[-@var{sirevision}]]
293 [@b{-mfdpic}]
294 [@b{-mno-fdpic}]
295 [@b{-mnopic}]
296@end ifset
328eb32e
HPN
297@ifset CRIS
298
299@emph{Target CRIS options:}
300 [@b{--underscore} | @b{--no-underscore}]
301 [@b{--pic}] [@b{-N}]
302 [@b{--emulation=criself} | @b{--emulation=crisaout}]
ae57792d 303 [@b{--march=v0_v10} | @b{--march=v10} | @b{--march=v32} | @b{--march=common_v10_v32}]
328eb32e
HPN
304@c Deprecated -- deliberately not documented.
305@c [@b{-h}] [@b{-H}]
306@end ifset
252b5132 307@ifset D10V
a4fb0134
SC
308
309@emph{Target D10V options:}
310 [@b{-O}]
252b5132
RH
311@end ifset
312@ifset D30V
a4fb0134
SC
313
314@emph{Target D30V options:}
315 [@b{-O}|@b{-n}|@b{-N}]
252b5132 316@end ifset
cfb8c092
NC
317@ifset EPIPHANY
318
319@emph{Target EPIPHANY options:}
320 [@b{-mepiphany}|@b{-mepiphany16}]
321@end ifset
252b5132 322@ifset H8
6fd4f6cc
DD
323
324@emph{Target H8/300 options:}
325 [-h-tick-hex]
252b5132
RH
326@end ifset
327@ifset HPPA
328@c HPPA has no machine-dependent assembler options (yet).
329@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
330@ifset I80386
331
332@emph{Target i386 options:}
542385d9 333 [@b{--32}|@b{--x32}|@b{--64}] [@b{-n}]
1ef52f49 334 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}[+@var{EXTENSION}@dots{}]] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}]
252b5132
RH
335@end ifset
336@ifset I960
a4fb0134
SC
337
338@emph{Target i960 options:}
252b5132 339@c see md_parse_option in tc-i960.c
a4fb0134
SC
340 [@b{-ACA}|@b{-ACA_A}|@b{-ACB}|@b{-ACC}|@b{-AKA}|@b{-AKB}|
341 @b{-AKC}|@b{-AMC}]
342 [@b{-b}] [@b{-no-relax}]
252b5132 343@end ifset
587fe2b3 344@ifset IA64
a4fb0134 345
9e32ca89
NC
346@emph{Target IA-64 options:}
347 [@b{-mconstant-gp}|@b{-mauto-pic}]
348 [@b{-milp32}|@b{-milp64}|@b{-mlp64}|@b{-mp64}]
349 [@b{-mle}|@b{mbe}]
8c2fda1d 350 [@b{-mtune=itanium1}|@b{-mtune=itanium2}]
970d6792 351 [@b{-munwind-check=warning}|@b{-munwind-check=error}]
91d777ee 352 [@b{-mhint.b=ok}|@b{-mhint.b=warning}|@b{-mhint.b=error}]
9e32ca89
NC
353 [@b{-x}|@b{-xexplicit}] [@b{-xauto}] [@b{-xdebug}]
354@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
355@ifset IP2K
356
357@emph{Target IP2K options:}
358 [@b{-mip2022}|@b{-mip2022ext}]
359@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
360@ifset M32C
361
362@emph{Target M32C options:}
c54b5932 363 [@b{-m32c}|@b{-m16c}] [-relax] [-h-tick-hex]
49f58d10 364@end ifset
587fe2b3 365@ifset M32R
9e32ca89 366
a4fb0134
SC
367@emph{Target M32R options:}
368 [@b{--m32rx}|@b{--[no-]warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts}|
587fe2b3 369 @b{--W[n]p}]
ec694b89 370@end ifset
252b5132 371@ifset M680X0
a4fb0134
SC
372
373@emph{Target M680X0 options:}
374 [@b{-l}] [@b{-m68000}|@b{-m68010}|@b{-m68020}|@dots{}]
252b5132 375@end ifset
60bcf0fa 376@ifset M68HC11
a4fb0134
SC
377
378@emph{Target M68HC11 options:}
6927f982 379 [@b{-m68hc11}|@b{-m68hc12}|@b{-m68hcs12}|@b{-mm9s12x}|@b{-mm9s12xg}]
2f904664
SC
380 [@b{-mshort}|@b{-mlong}]
381 [@b{-mshort-double}|@b{-mlong-double}]
1370e33d 382 [@b{--force-long-branches}] [@b{--short-branches}]
a4fb0134
SC
383 [@b{--strict-direct-mode}] [@b{--print-insn-syntax}]
384 [@b{--print-opcodes}] [@b{--generate-example}]
385@end ifset
386@ifset MCORE
387
388@emph{Target MCORE options:}
389 [@b{-jsri2bsr}] [@b{-sifilter}] [@b{-relax}]
390 [@b{-mcpu=[210|340]}]
60bcf0fa 391@end ifset
a3c62988
NC
392@ifset METAG
393
394@emph{Target Meta options:}
395 [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}] [@b{-mfpu=@var{cpu}}] [@b{-mdsp=@var{cpu}}]
396@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
397@ifset MICROBLAZE
398@emph{Target MICROBLAZE options:}
399@c MicroBlaze has no machine-dependent assembler options.
400@end ifset
252b5132 401@ifset MIPS
a4fb0134
SC
402
403@emph{Target MIPS options:}
78849248 404 [@b{-nocpp}] [@b{-EL}] [@b{-EB}] [@b{-O}[@var{optimization level}]]
437ee9d5 405 [@b{-g}[@var{debug level}]] [@b{-G} @var{num}] [@b{-KPIC}] [@b{-call_shared}]
0c000745 406 [@b{-non_shared}] [@b{-xgot} [@b{-mvxworks-pic}]
437ee9d5 407 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}] [@b{-32}] [@b{-n32}] [@b{-64}] [@b{-mfp32}] [@b{-mgp32}]
351cdf24
MF
408 [@b{-mfp64}] [@b{-mgp64}] [@b{-mfpxx}]
409 [@b{-modd-spreg}] [@b{-mno-odd-spreg}]
437ee9d5 410 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mips1}] [@b{-mips2}]
af7ee8bf 411 [@b{-mips3}] [@b{-mips4}] [@b{-mips5}] [@b{-mips32}] [@b{-mips32r2}]
7361da2c
AB
412 [@b{-mips32r3}] [@b{-mips32r5}] [@b{-mips32r6}] [@b{-mips64}] [@b{-mips64r2}]
413 [@b{-mips64r3}] [@b{-mips64r5}] [@b{-mips64r6}]
437ee9d5 414 [@b{-construct-floats}] [@b{-no-construct-floats}]
ba92f887 415 [@b{-mnan=@var{encoding}}]
437ee9d5 416 [@b{-trap}] [@b{-no-break}] [@b{-break}] [@b{-no-trap}]
437ee9d5 417 [@b{-mips16}] [@b{-no-mips16}]
df58fc94 418 [@b{-mmicromips}] [@b{-mno-micromips}]
e16bfa71 419 [@b{-msmartmips}] [@b{-mno-smartmips}]
1f25f5d3 420 [@b{-mips3d}] [@b{-no-mips3d}]
deec1734 421 [@b{-mdmx}] [@b{-no-mdmx}]
2ef2b9ae 422 [@b{-mdsp}] [@b{-mno-dsp}]
8b082fb1 423 [@b{-mdspr2}] [@b{-mno-dspr2}]
56d438b1 424 [@b{-mmsa}] [@b{-mno-msa}]
7d64c587 425 [@b{-mxpa}] [@b{-mno-xpa}]
ef2e4d86 426 [@b{-mmt}] [@b{-mno-mt}]
dec0624d 427 [@b{-mmcu}] [@b{-mno-mcu}]
833794fc 428 [@b{-minsn32}] [@b{-mno-insn32}]
2babba43 429 [@b{-mfix7000}] [@b{-mno-fix7000}]
a8d14a88 430 [@b{-mfix-rm7000}] [@b{-mno-fix-rm7000}]
2babba43
MR
431 [@b{-mfix-vr4120}] [@b{-mno-fix-vr4120}]
432 [@b{-mfix-vr4130}] [@b{-mno-fix-vr4130}]
ecb4347a 433 [@b{-mdebug}] [@b{-no-mdebug}]
dcd410fe 434 [@b{-mpdr}] [@b{-mno-pdr}]
3c3bdf30
NC
435@end ifset
436@ifset MMIX
a4fb0134
SC
437
438@emph{Target MMIX options:}
439 [@b{--fixed-special-register-names}] [@b{--globalize-symbols}]
440 [@b{--gnu-syntax}] [@b{--relax}] [@b{--no-predefined-symbols}]
441 [@b{--no-expand}] [@b{--no-merge-gregs}] [@b{-x}]
973eb340 442 [@b{--linker-allocated-gregs}]
a4fb0134 443@end ifset
36591ba1
SL
444@ifset NIOSII
445
446@emph{Target Nios II options:}
447 [@b{-relax-all}] [@b{-relax-section}] [@b{-no-relax}]
448 [@b{-EB}] [@b{-EL}]
449@end ifset
35c08157
KLC
450@ifset NDS32
451
452@emph{Target NDS32 options:}
453 [@b{-EL}] [@b{-EB}] [@b{-O}] [@b{-Os}] [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}]
454 [@b{-misa=@var{isa}}] [@b{-mabi=@var{abi}}] [@b{-mall-ext}]
455 [@b{-m[no-]16-bit}] [@b{-m[no-]perf-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]perf2-ext}]
456 [@b{-m[no-]string-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]dsp-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]mac}] [@b{-m[no-]div}]
457 [@b{-m[no-]audio-isa-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]fpu-sp-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]fpu-dp-ext}]
458 [@b{-m[no-]fpu-fma}] [@b{-mfpu-freg=@var{FREG}}] [@b{-mreduced-regs}]
459 [@b{-mfull-regs}] [@b{-m[no-]dx-regs}] [@b{-mpic}] [@b{-mno-relax}]
460 [@b{-mb2bb}]
461@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
462@ifset PDP11
463
464@emph{Target PDP11 options:}
465 [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}] [@b{-mall}] [@b{-mno-extensions}]
466 [@b{-m}@var{extension}|@b{-mno-}@var{extension}]
01642c12 467 [@b{-m}@var{cpu}] [@b{-m}@var{machine}]
a4fb0134
SC
468@end ifset
469@ifset PJ
470
471@emph{Target picoJava options:}
472 [@b{-mb}|@b{-me}]
473@end ifset
474@ifset PPC
475
476@emph{Target PowerPC options:}
b8b738ac
AM
477 [@b{-a32}|@b{-a64}]
478 [@b{-mpwrx}|@b{-mpwr2}|@b{-mpwr}|@b{-m601}|@b{-mppc}|@b{-mppc32}|@b{-m603}|@b{-m604}|@b{-m403}|@b{-m405}|
479 @b{-m440}|@b{-m464}|@b{-m476}|@b{-m7400}|@b{-m7410}|@b{-m7450}|@b{-m7455}|@b{-m750cl}|@b{-mppc64}|
aea77599 480 @b{-m620}|@b{-me500}|@b{-e500x2}|@b{-me500mc}|@b{-me500mc64}|@b{-me5500}|@b{-me6500}|@b{-mppc64bridge}|
b36546d2 481 @b{-mbooke}|@b{-mpower4}|@b{-mpwr4}|@b{-mpower5}|@b{-mpwr5}|@b{-mpwr5x}|@b{-mpower6}|@b{-mpwr6}|
a680de9a
PB
482 @b{-mpower7}|@b{-mpwr7}|@b{-mpower8}|@b{-mpwr8}|@b{-mpower9}|@b{-mpwr9}@b{-ma2}|
483 @b{-mcell}|@b{-mspe}|@b{-mtitan}|@b{-me300}|@b{-mcom}]
5817ffd1 484 [@b{-many}] [@b{-maltivec}|@b{-mvsx}|@b{-mhtm}|@b{-mvle}]
a4fb0134 485 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
b8b738ac
AM
486 [@b{-mrelocatable}|@b{-mrelocatable-lib}|@b{-K PIC}] [@b{-memb}]
487 [@b{-mlittle}|@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-le}|@b{-mbig}|@b{-mbig-endian}|@b{-be}]
a4fb0134 488 [@b{-msolaris}|@b{-mno-solaris}]
b8b738ac 489 [@b{-nops=@var{count}}]
a4fb0134 490@end ifset
856ea05c
KP
491@ifset RL78
492
493@emph{Target RL78 options:}
494 [@b{-mg10}]
495 [@b{-m32bit-doubles}|@b{-m64bit-doubles}]
496@end ifset
c7927a3c
NC
497@ifset RX
498
499@emph{Target RX options:}
500 [@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-mbig-endian}]
c7927a3c 501 [@b{-m32bit-doubles}|@b{-m64bit-doubles}]
708e2187
NC
502 [@b{-muse-conventional-section-names}]
503 [@b{-msmall-data-limit}]
504 [@b{-mpid}]
505 [@b{-mrelax}]
506 [@b{-mint-register=@var{number}}]
507 [@b{-mgcc-abi}|@b{-mrx-abi}]
c7927a3c 508@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
509@ifset S390
510
511@emph{Target s390 options:}
512 [@b{-m31}|@b{-m64}] [@b{-mesa}|@b{-mzarch}] [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}]
513 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
514 [@b{-mwarn-areg-zero}]
515@end ifset
c3b7224a
NC
516@ifset SCORE
517
518@emph{Target SCORE options:}
519 [@b{-EB}][@b{-EL}][@b{-FIXDD}][@b{-NWARN}]
520 [@b{-SCORE5}][@b{-SCORE5U}][@b{-SCORE7}][@b{-SCORE3}]
521 [@b{-march=score7}][@b{-march=score3}]
522 [@b{-USE_R1}][@b{-KPIC}][@b{-O0}][@b{-G} @var{num}][@b{-V}]
523@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
524@ifset SPARC
525
526@emph{Target SPARC options:}
527@c The order here is important. See c-sparc.texi.
528 [@b{-Av6}|@b{-Av7}|@b{-Av8}|@b{-Asparclet}|@b{-Asparclite}
529 @b{-Av8plus}|@b{-Av8plusa}|@b{-Av9}|@b{-Av9a}]
530 [@b{-xarch=v8plus}|@b{-xarch=v8plusa}] [@b{-bump}]
531 [@b{-32}|@b{-64}]
532@end ifset
533@ifset TIC54X
534
535@emph{Target TIC54X options:}
01642c12 536 [@b{-mcpu=54[123589]}|@b{-mcpu=54[56]lp}] [@b{-mfar-mode}|@b{-mf}]
a4fb0134
SC
537 [@b{-merrors-to-file} @var{<filename>}|@b{-me} @var{<filename>}]
538@end ifset
40b36596
JM
539@ifset TIC6X
540
541@emph{Target TIC6X options:}
98d23bef
BS
542 [@b{-march=@var{arch}}] [@b{-mbig-endian}|@b{-mlittle-endian}]
543 [@b{-mdsbt}|@b{-mno-dsbt}] [@b{-mpid=no}|@b{-mpid=near}|@b{-mpid=far}]
544 [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}]
40b36596 545@end ifset
aa137e4d
NC
546@ifset TILEGX
547
548@emph{Target TILE-Gx options:}
fb6cedde 549 [@b{-m32}|@b{-m64}][@b{-EB}][@b{-EL}]
aa137e4d
NC
550@end ifset
551@ifset TILEPRO
552@c TILEPro has no machine-dependent assembler options
553@end ifset
b6605ddd 554@ifset VISIUM
40b36596 555
b6605ddd
EB
556@emph{Target Visium options:}
557 [@b{-mtune=@var{arch}}]
558@end ifset
2d8b84ae
SA
559@ifset XTENSA
560
561@emph{Target Xtensa options:}
b46824bd
MF
562 [@b{--[no-]text-section-literals}] [@b{--[no-]auto-litpools}]
563 [@b{--[no-]absolute-literals}]
2d8b84ae
SA
564 [@b{--[no-]target-align}] [@b{--[no-]longcalls}]
565 [@b{--[no-]transform}]
566 [@b{--rename-section} @var{oldname}=@var{newname}]
a82c7d90 567 [@b{--[no-]trampolines}]
2d8b84ae 568@end ifset
3c9b82ba
NC
569@ifset Z80
570
571@emph{Target Z80 options:}
572 [@b{-z80}] [@b{-r800}]
573 [@b{ -ignore-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wnud}]
574 [@b{ -ignore-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wnup}]
575 [@b{ -warn-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wud}]
576 [@b{ -warn-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wup}]
577 [@b{ -forbid-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Fud}]
578 [@b{ -forbid-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Fup}]
579@end ifset
a4fb0134 580@ifset Z8000
b6605ddd 581
a4fb0134 582@c Z8000 has no machine-dependent assembler options
252b5132 583@end ifset
e0001a05 584
0285c67d 585@c man end
252b5132
RH
586@end smallexample
587
0285c67d
NC
588@c man begin OPTIONS
589
a4fb0134 590@table @gcctabopt
38fc1cb1 591@include at-file.texi
a0b7da79 592
83f10cb2 593@item -a[cdghlmns]
252b5132
RH
594Turn on listings, in any of a variety of ways:
595
a4fb0134 596@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
597@item -ac
598omit false conditionals
599
600@item -ad
601omit debugging directives
602
83f10cb2
NC
603@item -ag
604include general information, like @value{AS} version and options passed
605
252b5132
RH
606@item -ah
607include high-level source
608
609@item -al
610include assembly
611
612@item -am
613include macro expansions
614
615@item -an
616omit forms processing
617
618@item -as
619include symbols
620
621@item =file
622set the name of the listing file
623@end table
624
625You may combine these options; for example, use @samp{-aln} for assembly
626listing without forms processing. The @samp{=file} option, if used, must be
627the last one. By itself, @samp{-a} defaults to @samp{-ahls}.
628
caa32fe5 629@item --alternate
96e9638b
BW
630Begin in alternate macro mode.
631@ifclear man
632@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
633@end ifclear
caa32fe5 634
955974c6 635@item --compress-debug-sections
19a7fe52
L
636Compress DWARF debug sections using zlib with SHF_COMPRESSED from the
637ELF ABI. The resulting object file may not be compatible with older
638linkers and object file utilities. Note if compression would make a
639given section @emph{larger} then it is not compressed.
955974c6 640
151411f8
L
641@ifset ELF
642@cindex @samp{--compress-debug-sections=} option
643@item --compress-debug-sections=none
644@itemx --compress-debug-sections=zlib
645@itemx --compress-debug-sections=zlib-gnu
646@itemx --compress-debug-sections=zlib-gabi
647These options control how DWARF debug sections are compressed.
648@option{--compress-debug-sections=none} is equivalent to
649@option{--nocompress-debug-sections}.
650@option{--compress-debug-sections=zlib} and
19a7fe52 651@option{--compress-debug-sections=zlib-gabi} are equivalent to
151411f8 652@option{--compress-debug-sections}.
19a7fe52
L
653@option{--compress-debug-sections=zlib-gnu} compresses DWARF debug
654sections using zlib. The debug sections are renamed to begin with
655@samp{.zdebug}. Note if compression would make a given section
656@emph{larger} then it is not compressed nor renamed.
657
151411f8
L
658@end ifset
659
955974c6 660@item --nocompress-debug-sections
e12fe555
NC
661Do not compress DWARF debug sections. This is usually the default for all
662targets except the x86/x86_64, but a configure time option can be used to
663override this.
955974c6 664
252b5132
RH
665@item -D
666Ignored. This option is accepted for script compatibility with calls to
667other assemblers.
668
3d6b762c
JM
669@item --debug-prefix-map @var{old}=@var{new}
670When assembling files in directory @file{@var{old}}, record debugging
671information describing them as in @file{@var{new}} instead.
672
252b5132
RH
673@item --defsym @var{sym}=@var{value}
674Define the symbol @var{sym} to be @var{value} before assembling the input file.
675@var{value} must be an integer constant. As in C, a leading @samp{0x}
bf083c64
NC
676indicates a hexadecimal value, and a leading @samp{0} indicates an octal
677value. The value of the symbol can be overridden inside a source file via the
678use of a @code{.set} pseudo-op.
252b5132
RH
679
680@item -f
681``fast''---skip whitespace and comment preprocessing (assume source is
682compiler output).
683
329e276d
NC
684@item -g
685@itemx --gen-debug
686Generate debugging information for each assembler source line using whichever
687debug format is preferred by the target. This currently means either STABS,
688ECOFF or DWARF2.
689
252b5132
RH
690@item --gstabs
691Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line. This
692may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it.
693
05da4302
NC
694@item --gstabs+
695Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line, with GNU
696extensions that probably only gdb can handle, and that could make other
697debuggers crash or refuse to read your program. This
698may help debugging assembler code. Currently the only GNU extension is
699the location of the current working directory at assembling time.
700
329e276d 701@item --gdwarf-2
cdf82bcf 702Generate DWARF2 debugging information for each assembler line. This
c1253627 703may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it. Note---this
85a39694 704option is only supported by some targets, not all of them.
cdf82bcf 705
b40bf0a2
NC
706@item --gdwarf-sections
707Instead of creating a .debug_line section, create a series of
708.debug_line.@var{foo} sections where @var{foo} is the name of the
709corresponding code section. For example a code section called @var{.text.func}
710will have its dwarf line number information placed into a section called
711@var{.debug_line.text.func}. If the code section is just called @var{.text}
712then debug line section will still be called just @var{.debug_line} without any
713suffix.
714
21be61f5
L
715@item --size-check=error
716@itemx --size-check=warning
717Issue an error or warning for invalid ELF .size directive.
718
252b5132
RH
719@item --help
720Print a summary of the command line options and exit.
721
ea20a7da
CC
722@item --target-help
723Print a summary of all target specific options and exit.
724
252b5132
RH
725@item -I @var{dir}
726Add directory @var{dir} to the search list for @code{.include} directives.
727
728@item -J
729Don't warn about signed overflow.
730
731@item -K
732@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
733This option is accepted but has no effect on the @value{TARGET} family.
734@end ifclear
735@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
736Issue warnings when difference tables altered for long displacements.
737@end ifset
738
739@item -L
740@itemx --keep-locals
ba83aca1
BW
741Keep (in the symbol table) local symbols. These symbols start with
742system-specific local label prefixes, typically @samp{.L} for ELF systems
743or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems.
744@ifclear man
745@xref{Symbol Names}.
746@end ifclear
252b5132 747
c3a27914
NC
748@item --listing-lhs-width=@var{number}
749Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for an assembler
750listing to @var{number}.
751
752@item --listing-lhs-width2=@var{number}
753Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for continuation
754lines in an assembler listing to @var{number}.
755
756@item --listing-rhs-width=@var{number}
757Set the maximum width of an input source line, as displayed in a listing, to
758@var{number} bytes.
759
760@item --listing-cont-lines=@var{number}
761Set the maximum number of lines printed in a listing for a single line of input
762to @var{number} + 1.
763
252b5132 764@item -o @var{objfile}
a4fb0134 765Name the object-file output from @command{@value{AS}} @var{objfile}.
252b5132
RH
766
767@item -R
768Fold the data section into the text section.
769
d60646b9 770@item --hash-size=@var{number}
4bdd3565
NC
771Set the default size of GAS's hash tables to a prime number close to
772@var{number}. Increasing this value can reduce the length of time it takes the
773assembler to perform its tasks, at the expense of increasing the assembler's
774memory requirements. Similarly reducing this value can reduce the memory
775requirements at the expense of speed.
776
777@item --reduce-memory-overheads
778This option reduces GAS's memory requirements, at the expense of making the
779assembly processes slower. Currently this switch is a synonym for
780@samp{--hash-size=4051}, but in the future it may have other effects as well.
781
451133ce
NP
782@ifset ELF
783@item --sectname-subst
784Honor substitution sequences in section names.
785@ifclear man
786@xref{Section Name Substitutions,,@code{.section @var{name}}}.
787@end ifclear
788@end ifset
789
252b5132
RH
790@item --statistics
791Print the maximum space (in bytes) and total time (in seconds) used by
792assembly.
793
794@item --strip-local-absolute
795Remove local absolute symbols from the outgoing symbol table.
796
797@item -v
798@itemx -version
a4fb0134 799Print the @command{as} version.
252b5132
RH
800
801@item --version
a4fb0134 802Print the @command{as} version and exit.
252b5132
RH
803
804@item -W
2bdd6cf5 805@itemx --no-warn
252b5132
RH
806Suppress warning messages.
807
2bdd6cf5
GK
808@item --fatal-warnings
809Treat warnings as errors.
810
811@item --warn
812Don't suppress warning messages or treat them as errors.
813
252b5132
RH
814@item -w
815Ignored.
816
817@item -x
818Ignored.
819
820@item -Z
821Generate an object file even after errors.
822
823@item -- | @var{files} @dots{}
824Standard input, or source files to assemble.
825
826@end table
2a633939
JM
827@c man end
828
a06ea964
NC
829@ifset AARCH64
830
831@ifclear man
832@xref{AArch64 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
833for the 64-bit mode of the ARM Architecture (AArch64).
834@end ifclear
835
836@ifset man
837@c man begin OPTIONS
838The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
83964-bit mode of the ARM Architecture (AArch64).
840@c man end
841@c man begin INCLUDE
842@include c-aarch64.texi
843@c ended inside the included file
844@end ifset
845
846@end ifset
847
2a633939
JM
848@ifset ALPHA
849
850@ifclear man
851@xref{Alpha Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
852for an Alpha processor.
853@end ifclear
854
855@ifset man
856@c man begin OPTIONS
857The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an Alpha
858processor.
859@c man end
860@c man begin INCLUDE
861@include c-alpha.texi
862@c ended inside the included file
863@end ifset
864
865@end ifset
252b5132 866
2a633939 867@c man begin OPTIONS
252b5132 868@ifset ARC
886a2506
NC
869The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an ARC
870processor.
252b5132 871
a4fb0134 872@table @gcctabopt
886a2506 873@item -mcpu=@var{cpu}
0d2bcfaf
NC
874This option selects the core processor variant.
875@item -EB | -EL
876Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
886a2506
NC
877@item -mcode-density
878Enable Code Density extenssion instructions.
252b5132
RH
879@end table
880@end ifset
881
882@ifset ARM
883The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the ARM
884processor family.
885
a4fb0134 886@table @gcctabopt
92081f48 887@item -mcpu=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 888Specify which ARM processor variant is the target.
92081f48 889@item -march=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 890Specify which ARM architecture variant is used by the target.
03b1477f 891@item -mfpu=@var{floating-point-format}
a349d9dd 892Select which Floating Point architecture is the target.
33a392fb
PB
893@item -mfloat-abi=@var{abi}
894Select which floating point ABI is in use.
03b1477f
RE
895@item -mthumb
896Enable Thumb only instruction decoding.
7f266840 897@item -mapcs-32 | -mapcs-26 | -mapcs-float | -mapcs-reentrant
252b5132
RH
898Select which procedure calling convention is in use.
899@item -EB | -EL
900Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
cdf82bcf
NC
901@item -mthumb-interwork
902Specify that the code has been generated with interworking between Thumb and
903ARM code in mind.
2e6976a8
DG
904@item -mccs
905Turns on CodeComposer Studio assembly syntax compatibility mode.
cdf82bcf
NC
906@item -k
907Specify that PIC code has been generated.
252b5132
RH
908@end table
909@end ifset
635fb38d 910@c man end
252b5132 911
9982501a 912@ifset Blackfin
8611b8fd
MF
913
914@ifclear man
915@xref{Blackfin Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
916configured for the Blackfin processor family.
917@end ifclear
918
919@ifset man
920@c man begin OPTIONS
9982501a
JZ
921The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
922the Blackfin processor family.
8611b8fd
MF
923@c man end
924@c man begin INCLUDE
925@include c-bfin.texi
926@c ended inside the included file
927@end ifset
9982501a 928
9982501a
JZ
929@end ifset
930
635fb38d 931@c man begin OPTIONS
328eb32e
HPN
932@ifset CRIS
933See the info pages for documentation of the CRIS-specific options.
934@end ifset
935
252b5132
RH
936@ifset D10V
937The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
938a D10V processor.
a4fb0134 939@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
940@cindex D10V optimization
941@cindex optimization, D10V
942@item -O
943Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
944@end table
945@end ifset
946
947@ifset D30V
948The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a D30V
949processor.
a4fb0134 950@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
951@cindex D30V optimization
952@cindex optimization, D30V
953@item -O
954Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
955
956@cindex D30V nops
957@item -n
958Warn when nops are generated.
959
960@cindex D30V nops after 32-bit multiply
961@item -N
962Warn when a nop after a 32-bit multiply instruction is generated.
963@end table
964@end ifset
731caf76
L
965@c man end
966
cfb8c092
NC
967@ifset EPIPHANY
968The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
969Adapteva EPIPHANY series.
970
56b13185
JR
971@ifclear man
972@xref{Epiphany Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
973configured for an Epiphany processor.
974@end ifclear
cfb8c092 975
56b13185
JR
976@ifset man
977@c man begin OPTIONS
978The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
979an Epiphany processor.
980@c man end
981@c man begin INCLUDE
982@include c-epiphany.texi
0c76cae8
AM
983@c ended inside the included file
984@end ifset
985
986@end ifset
987
988@ifset H8300
989
990@ifclear man
991@xref{H8/300 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
992for an H8/300 processor.
993@end ifclear
994
995@ifset man
996@c man begin OPTIONS
997The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an H8/300
998processor.
999@c man end
1000@c man begin INCLUDE
1001@include c-h8300.texi
56b13185
JR
1002@c ended inside the included file
1003@end ifset
cfb8c092 1004
cfb8c092
NC
1005@end ifset
1006
731caf76 1007@ifset I80386
252b5132 1008
731caf76
L
1009@ifclear man
1010@xref{i386-Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
1011configured for an i386 processor.
1012@end ifclear
1013
1014@ifset man
1015@c man begin OPTIONS
1016The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1017an i386 processor.
1018@c man end
1019@c man begin INCLUDE
1020@include c-i386.texi
1021@c ended inside the included file
1022@end ifset
1023
1024@end ifset
1025
1026@c man begin OPTIONS
252b5132
RH
1027@ifset I960
1028The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1029Intel 80960 processor.
1030
a4fb0134 1031@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1032@item -ACA | -ACA_A | -ACB | -ACC | -AKA | -AKB | -AKC | -AMC
1033Specify which variant of the 960 architecture is the target.
1034
1035@item -b
1036Add code to collect statistics about branches taken.
1037
1038@item -no-relax
1039Do not alter compare-and-branch instructions for long displacements;
1040error if necessary.
1041
1042@end table
1043@end ifset
1044
a40cbfa3
NC
1045@ifset IP2K
1046The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
ec88d317 1047Ubicom IP2K series.
a40cbfa3
NC
1048
1049@table @gcctabopt
1050
1051@item -mip2022ext
1052Specifies that the extended IP2022 instructions are allowed.
1053
1054@item -mip2022
8dfa0188 1055Restores the default behaviour, which restricts the permitted instructions to
a40cbfa3
NC
1056just the basic IP2022 ones.
1057
1058@end table
1059@end ifset
1060
49f58d10
JB
1061@ifset M32C
1062The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1063Renesas M32C and M16C processors.
1064
1065@table @gcctabopt
1066
1067@item -m32c
1068Assemble M32C instructions.
1069
1070@item -m16c
1071Assemble M16C instructions (the default).
1072
c54b5932
DD
1073@item -relax
1074Enable support for link-time relaxations.
1075
1076@item -h-tick-hex
1077Support H'00 style hex constants in addition to 0x00 style.
1078
49f58d10
JB
1079@end table
1080@end ifset
1081
ec694b89
NC
1082@ifset M32R
1083The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
26597c86 1084Renesas M32R (formerly Mitsubishi M32R) series.
ec694b89 1085
a4fb0134 1086@table @gcctabopt
ec694b89
NC
1087
1088@item --m32rx
1089Specify which processor in the M32R family is the target. The default
1090is normally the M32R, but this option changes it to the M32RX.
1091
1092@item --warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wp
1093Produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
01642c12 1094encountered.
ec694b89
NC
1095
1096@item --no-warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wnp
01642c12
RM
1097Do not produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
1098encountered.
ec694b89
NC
1099
1100@end table
1101@end ifset
252b5132
RH
1102
1103@ifset M680X0
1104The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1105Motorola 68000 series.
1106
a4fb0134 1107@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1108
1109@item -l
1110Shorten references to undefined symbols, to one word instead of two.
1111
0285c67d
NC
1112@item -m68000 | -m68008 | -m68010 | -m68020 | -m68030
1113@itemx | -m68040 | -m68060 | -m68302 | -m68331 | -m68332
1114@itemx | -m68333 | -m68340 | -mcpu32 | -m5200
252b5132
RH
1115Specify what processor in the 68000 family is the target. The default
1116is normally the 68020, but this can be changed at configuration time.
1117
1118@item -m68881 | -m68882 | -mno-68881 | -mno-68882
1119The target machine does (or does not) have a floating-point coprocessor.
1120The default is to assume a coprocessor for 68020, 68030, and cpu32. Although
1121the basic 68000 is not compatible with the 68881, a combination of the
1122two can be specified, since it's possible to do emulation of the
1123coprocessor instructions with the main processor.
1124
1125@item -m68851 | -mno-68851
1126The target machine does (or does not) have a memory-management
1127unit coprocessor. The default is to assume an MMU for 68020 and up.
1128
1129@end table
1130@end ifset
1131
36591ba1
SL
1132@ifset NIOSII
1133
1134@ifclear man
1135@xref{Nios II Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1136for an Altera Nios II processor.
1137@end ifclear
1138
1139@ifset man
1140@c man begin OPTIONS
1141The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an
1142Altera Nios II processor.
1143@c man end
1144@c man begin INCLUDE
1145@include c-nios2.texi
1146@c ended inside the included file
1147@end ifset
1148@end ifset
1149
e135f41b
NC
1150@ifset PDP11
1151
1152For details about the PDP-11 machine dependent features options,
1153see @ref{PDP-11-Options}.
1154
a4fb0134 1155@table @gcctabopt
e135f41b
NC
1156@item -mpic | -mno-pic
1157Generate position-independent (or position-dependent) code. The
a4fb0134 1158default is @option{-mpic}.
e135f41b
NC
1159
1160@item -mall
1161@itemx -mall-extensions
1162Enable all instruction set extensions. This is the default.
1163
1164@item -mno-extensions
1165Disable all instruction set extensions.
1166
1167@item -m@var{extension} | -mno-@var{extension}
1168Enable (or disable) a particular instruction set extension.
1169
1170@item -m@var{cpu}
1171Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular CPU, and
1172disable all other extensions.
1173
1174@item -m@var{machine}
1175Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular machine
1176model, and disable all other extensions.
1177@end table
1178
1179@end ifset
1180
041dd5a9
ILT
1181@ifset PJ
1182The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1183a picoJava processor.
1184
a4fb0134 1185@table @gcctabopt
041dd5a9
ILT
1186
1187@cindex PJ endianness
1188@cindex endianness, PJ
1189@cindex big endian output, PJ
1190@item -mb
1191Generate ``big endian'' format output.
1192
1193@cindex little endian output, PJ
1194@item -ml
1195Generate ``little endian'' format output.
1196
1197@end table
1198@end ifset
1199
60bcf0fa
NC
1200@ifset M68HC11
1201The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1202Motorola 68HC11 or 68HC12 series.
1203
a4fb0134 1204@table @gcctabopt
60bcf0fa 1205
6927f982 1206@item -m68hc11 | -m68hc12 | -m68hcs12 | -mm9s12x | -mm9s12xg
60bcf0fa
NC
1207Specify what processor is the target. The default is
1208defined by the configuration option when building the assembler.
1209
6927f982
NC
1210@item --xgate-ramoffset
1211Instruct the linker to offset RAM addresses from S12X address space into
1212XGATE address space.
1213
2f904664
SC
1214@item -mshort
1215Specify to use the 16-bit integer ABI.
1216
1217@item -mlong
01642c12 1218Specify to use the 32-bit integer ABI.
2f904664
SC
1219
1220@item -mshort-double
01642c12 1221Specify to use the 32-bit double ABI.
2f904664
SC
1222
1223@item -mlong-double
01642c12 1224Specify to use the 64-bit double ABI.
2f904664 1225
1370e33d 1226@item --force-long-branches
60bcf0fa
NC
1227Relative branches are turned into absolute ones. This concerns
1228conditional branches, unconditional branches and branches to a
1229sub routine.
1230
1370e33d
NC
1231@item -S | --short-branches
1232Do not turn relative branches into absolute ones
60bcf0fa
NC
1233when the offset is out of range.
1234
1235@item --strict-direct-mode
1236Do not turn the direct addressing mode into extended addressing mode
1237when the instruction does not support direct addressing mode.
1238
1239@item --print-insn-syntax
1240Print the syntax of instruction in case of error.
1241
1242@item --print-opcodes
6927f982 1243Print the list of instructions with syntax and then exit.
60bcf0fa
NC
1244
1245@item --generate-example
6927f982 1246Print an example of instruction for each possible instruction and then exit.
a4fb0134 1247This option is only useful for testing @command{@value{AS}}.
60bcf0fa
NC
1248
1249@end table
1250@end ifset
1251
252b5132 1252@ifset SPARC
a4fb0134 1253The following options are available when @command{@value{AS}} is configured
252b5132
RH
1254for the SPARC architecture:
1255
a4fb0134 1256@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1257@item -Av6 | -Av7 | -Av8 | -Asparclet | -Asparclite
1258@itemx -Av8plus | -Av8plusa | -Av9 | -Av9a
1259Explicitly select a variant of the SPARC architecture.
1260
1261@samp{-Av8plus} and @samp{-Av8plusa} select a 32 bit environment.
1262@samp{-Av9} and @samp{-Av9a} select a 64 bit environment.
1263
1264@samp{-Av8plusa} and @samp{-Av9a} enable the SPARC V9 instruction set with
1265UltraSPARC extensions.
1266
1267@item -xarch=v8plus | -xarch=v8plusa
1268For compatibility with the Solaris v9 assembler. These options are
1269equivalent to -Av8plus and -Av8plusa, respectively.
1270
1271@item -bump
1272Warn when the assembler switches to another architecture.
1273@end table
1274@end ifset
1275
39bec121
TW
1276@ifset TIC54X
1277The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the 'c54x
01642c12 1278architecture.
39bec121 1279
a4fb0134 1280@table @gcctabopt
39bec121
TW
1281@item -mfar-mode
1282Enable extended addressing mode. All addresses and relocations will assume
1283extended addressing (usually 23 bits).
1284@item -mcpu=@var{CPU_VERSION}
1285Sets the CPU version being compiled for.
1286@item -merrors-to-file @var{FILENAME}
1287Redirect error output to a file, for broken systems which don't support such
1288behaviour in the shell.
1289@end table
1290@end ifset
1291
252b5132
RH
1292@ifset MIPS
1293The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
98508b2a 1294a MIPS processor.
252b5132 1295
a4fb0134 1296@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1297@item -G @var{num}
1298This option sets the largest size of an object that can be referenced
1299implicitly with the @code{gp} register. It is only accepted for targets that
1300use ECOFF format, such as a DECstation running Ultrix. The default value is 8.
1301
1302@cindex MIPS endianness
1303@cindex endianness, MIPS
1304@cindex big endian output, MIPS
1305@item -EB
1306Generate ``big endian'' format output.
1307
1308@cindex little endian output, MIPS
1309@item -EL
1310Generate ``little endian'' format output.
1311
1312@cindex MIPS ISA
1313@item -mips1
1314@itemx -mips2
1315@itemx -mips3
e7af610e 1316@itemx -mips4
437ee9d5 1317@itemx -mips5
e7af610e 1318@itemx -mips32
af7ee8bf 1319@itemx -mips32r2
ae52f483
AB
1320@itemx -mips32r3
1321@itemx -mips32r5
7361da2c 1322@itemx -mips32r6
4058e45f 1323@itemx -mips64
5f74bc13 1324@itemx -mips64r2
ae52f483
AB
1325@itemx -mips64r3
1326@itemx -mips64r5
7361da2c 1327@itemx -mips64r6
98508b2a 1328Generate code for a particular MIPS Instruction Set Architecture level.
437ee9d5
TS
1329@samp{-mips1} is an alias for @samp{-march=r3000}, @samp{-mips2} is an
1330alias for @samp{-march=r6000}, @samp{-mips3} is an alias for
1331@samp{-march=r4000} and @samp{-mips4} is an alias for @samp{-march=r8000}.
ae52f483 1332@samp{-mips5}, @samp{-mips32}, @samp{-mips32r2}, @samp{-mips32r3},
7361da2c
AB
1333@samp{-mips32r5}, @samp{-mips32r6}, @samp{-mips64}, @samp{-mips64r2},
1334@samp{-mips64r3}, @samp{-mips64r5}, and @samp{-mips64r6} correspond to generic
1335MIPS V, MIPS32, MIPS32 Release 2, MIPS32 Release 3, MIPS32 Release 5, MIPS32
1336Release 6, MIPS64, MIPS64 Release 2, MIPS64 Release 3, MIPS64 Release 5, and
1337MIPS64 Release 6 ISA processors, respectively.
437ee9d5 1338
98508b2a
RS
1339@item -march=@var{cpu}
1340Generate code for a particular MIPS CPU.
437ee9d5
TS
1341
1342@item -mtune=@var{cpu}
98508b2a 1343Schedule and tune for a particular MIPS CPU.
437ee9d5
TS
1344
1345@item -mfix7000
1346@itemx -mno-fix7000
1347Cause nops to be inserted if the read of the destination register
1348of an mfhi or mflo instruction occurs in the following two instructions.
1349
a8d14a88
CM
1350@item -mfix-rm7000
1351@itemx -mno-fix-rm7000
1352Cause nops to be inserted if a dmult or dmultu instruction is
1353followed by a load instruction.
1354
ecb4347a
DJ
1355@item -mdebug
1356@itemx -no-mdebug
1357Cause stabs-style debugging output to go into an ECOFF-style .mdebug
1358section instead of the standard ELF .stabs sections.
1359
dcd410fe
RO
1360@item -mpdr
1361@itemx -mno-pdr
1362Control generation of @code{.pdr} sections.
1363
437ee9d5
TS
1364@item -mgp32
1365@itemx -mfp32
1366The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but these
1367flags force a certain group of registers to be treated as 32 bits wide at
1368all times. @samp{-mgp32} controls the size of general-purpose registers
1369and @samp{-mfp32} controls the size of floating-point registers.
1370
351cdf24
MF
1371@item -mgp64
1372@itemx -mfp64
1373The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but these
1374flags force a certain group of registers to be treated as 64 bits wide at
1375all times. @samp{-mgp64} controls the size of general-purpose registers
1376and @samp{-mfp64} controls the size of floating-point registers.
1377
1378@item -mfpxx
1379The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but using
1380this flag in combination with @samp{-mabi=32} enables an ABI variant
1381which will operate correctly with floating-point registers which are
138232 or 64 bits wide.
1383
1384@item -modd-spreg
1385@itemx -mno-odd-spreg
1386Enable use of floating-point operations on odd-numbered single-precision
1387registers when supported by the ISA. @samp{-mfpxx} implies
1388@samp{-mno-odd-spreg}, otherwise the default is @samp{-modd-spreg}.
1389
437ee9d5
TS
1390@item -mips16
1391@itemx -no-mips16
1392Generate code for the MIPS 16 processor. This is equivalent to putting
1393@code{.set mips16} at the start of the assembly file. @samp{-no-mips16}
1394turns off this option.
252b5132 1395
df58fc94
RS
1396@item -mmicromips
1397@itemx -mno-micromips
1398Generate code for the microMIPS processor. This is equivalent to putting
1399@code{.set micromips} at the start of the assembly file. @samp{-mno-micromips}
1400turns off this option. This is equivalent to putting @code{.set nomicromips}
1401at the start of the assembly file.
1402
e16bfa71
TS
1403@item -msmartmips
1404@itemx -mno-smartmips
1405Enables the SmartMIPS extension to the MIPS32 instruction set. This is
1406equivalent to putting @code{.set smartmips} at the start of the assembly file.
1407@samp{-mno-smartmips} turns off this option.
1408
1f25f5d3
CD
1409@item -mips3d
1410@itemx -no-mips3d
1411Generate code for the MIPS-3D Application Specific Extension.
1412This tells the assembler to accept MIPS-3D instructions.
1413@samp{-no-mips3d} turns off this option.
1414
deec1734
CD
1415@item -mdmx
1416@itemx -no-mdmx
1417Generate code for the MDMX Application Specific Extension.
1418This tells the assembler to accept MDMX instructions.
1419@samp{-no-mdmx} turns off this option.
1420
2ef2b9ae
CF
1421@item -mdsp
1422@itemx -mno-dsp
8b082fb1
TS
1423Generate code for the DSP Release 1 Application Specific Extension.
1424This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 1 instructions.
2ef2b9ae
CF
1425@samp{-mno-dsp} turns off this option.
1426
8b082fb1
TS
1427@item -mdspr2
1428@itemx -mno-dspr2
1429Generate code for the DSP Release 2 Application Specific Extension.
1430This option implies -mdsp.
1431This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 2 instructions.
1432@samp{-mno-dspr2} turns off this option.
1433
56d438b1
CF
1434@item -mmsa
1435@itemx -mno-msa
1436Generate code for the MIPS SIMD Architecture Extension.
1437This tells the assembler to accept MSA instructions.
1438@samp{-mno-msa} turns off this option.
1439
7d64c587
AB
1440@item -mxpa
1441@itemx -mno-xpa
1442Generate code for the MIPS eXtended Physical Address (XPA) Extension.
1443This tells the assembler to accept XPA instructions.
1444@samp{-mno-xpa} turns off this option.
1445
ef2e4d86
CF
1446@item -mmt
1447@itemx -mno-mt
1448Generate code for the MT Application Specific Extension.
1449This tells the assembler to accept MT instructions.
1450@samp{-mno-mt} turns off this option.
1451
dec0624d
MR
1452@item -mmcu
1453@itemx -mno-mcu
1454Generate code for the MCU Application Specific Extension.
1455This tells the assembler to accept MCU instructions.
1456@samp{-mno-mcu} turns off this option.
1457
833794fc
MR
1458@item -minsn32
1459@itemx -mno-insn32
1460Only use 32-bit instruction encodings when generating code for the
1461microMIPS processor. This option inhibits the use of any 16-bit
1462instructions. This is equivalent to putting @code{.set insn32} at
1463the start of the assembly file. @samp{-mno-insn32} turns off this
1464option. This is equivalent to putting @code{.set noinsn32} at the
1465start of the assembly file. By default @samp{-mno-insn32} is
1466selected, allowing all instructions to be used.
1467
437ee9d5
TS
1468@item --construct-floats
1469@itemx --no-construct-floats
1470The @samp{--no-construct-floats} option disables the construction of
1471double width floating point constants by loading the two halves of the
1472value into the two single width floating point registers that make up
1473the double width register. By default @samp{--construct-floats} is
1474selected, allowing construction of these floating point constants.
252b5132 1475
3bf0dbfb
MR
1476@item --relax-branch
1477@itemx --no-relax-branch
1478The @samp{--relax-branch} option enables the relaxation of out-of-range
1479branches. By default @samp{--no-relax-branch} is selected, causing any
1480out-of-range branches to produce an error.
1481
ba92f887
MR
1482@item -mnan=@var{encoding}
1483Select between the IEEE 754-2008 (@option{-mnan=2008}) or the legacy
1484(@option{-mnan=legacy}) NaN encoding format. The latter is the default.
1485
252b5132
RH
1486@cindex emulation
1487@item --emulation=@var{name}
e8044f35
RS
1488This option was formerly used to switch between ELF and ECOFF output
1489on targets like IRIX 5 that supported both. MIPS ECOFF support was
1490removed in GAS 2.24, so the option now serves little purpose.
1491It is retained for backwards compatibility.
1492
1493The available configuration names are: @samp{mipself}, @samp{mipslelf} and
1494@samp{mipsbelf}. Choosing @samp{mipself} now has no effect, since the output
1495is always ELF. @samp{mipslelf} and @samp{mipsbelf} select little- and
1496big-endian output respectively, but @samp{-EL} and @samp{-EB} are now the
1497preferred options instead.
252b5132
RH
1498
1499@item -nocpp
a4fb0134 1500@command{@value{AS}} ignores this option. It is accepted for compatibility with
252b5132
RH
1501the native tools.
1502
252b5132
RH
1503@item --trap
1504@itemx --no-trap
1505@itemx --break
1506@itemx --no-break
1507Control how to deal with multiplication overflow and division by zero.
1508@samp{--trap} or @samp{--no-break} (which are synonyms) take a trap exception
1509(and only work for Instruction Set Architecture level 2 and higher);
1510@samp{--break} or @samp{--no-trap} (also synonyms, and the default) take a
1511break exception.
63486801
L
1512
1513@item -n
a4fb0134 1514When this option is used, @command{@value{AS}} will issue a warning every
63486801 1515time it generates a nop instruction from a macro.
252b5132
RH
1516@end table
1517@end ifset
1518
1519@ifset MCORE
1520The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1521an MCore processor.
1522
a4fb0134 1523@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1524@item -jsri2bsr
1525@itemx -nojsri2bsr
1526Enable or disable the JSRI to BSR transformation. By default this is enabled.
1527The command line option @samp{-nojsri2bsr} can be used to disable it.
1528
1529@item -sifilter
1530@itemx -nosifilter
1531Enable or disable the silicon filter behaviour. By default this is disabled.
a349d9dd 1532The default can be overridden by the @samp{-sifilter} command line option.
252b5132
RH
1533
1534@item -relax
1535Alter jump instructions for long displacements.
1536
ec694b89
NC
1537@item -mcpu=[210|340]
1538Select the cpu type on the target hardware. This controls which instructions
1539can be assembled.
1540
1541@item -EB
1542Assemble for a big endian target.
1543
1544@item -EL
1545Assemble for a little endian target.
252b5132
RH
1546
1547@end table
1548@end ifset
a3c62988 1549@c man end
252b5132 1550
a3c62988
NC
1551@ifset METAG
1552
1553@ifclear man
1554@xref{Meta Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1555for a Meta processor.
1556@end ifclear
1557
1558@ifset man
1559@c man begin OPTIONS
1560The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1561Meta processor.
1562@c man end
1563@c man begin INCLUDE
1564@include c-metag.texi
1565@c ended inside the included file
1566@end ifset
1567
1568@end ifset
1569
1570@c man begin OPTIONS
3c3bdf30
NC
1571@ifset MMIX
1572See the info pages for documentation of the MMIX-specific options.
1573@end ifset
1574
35c08157
KLC
1575@ifset NDS32
1576
1577@ifclear man
1578@xref{NDS32 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1579for a NDS32 processor.
1580@end ifclear
1581@c ended inside the included file
1582@end ifset
1583
1584@ifset man
1585@c man begin OPTIONS
1586The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1587NDS32 processor.
1588@c man end
1589@c man begin INCLUDE
1590@include c-nds32.texi
1591@c ended inside the included file
1592@end ifset
1593
635fb38d 1594@c man end
b8b738ac
AM
1595@ifset PPC
1596
1597@ifclear man
1598@xref{PowerPC-Opts}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1599for a PowerPC processor.
1600@end ifclear
1601
1602@ifset man
1603@c man begin OPTIONS
1604The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1605PowerPC processor.
1606@c man end
1607@c man begin INCLUDE
1608@include c-ppc.texi
1609@c ended inside the included file
1610@end ifset
1611
1612@end ifset
1613
635fb38d 1614@c man begin OPTIONS
046d31c2
NC
1615@ifset RX
1616See the info pages for documentation of the RX-specific options.
1617@end ifset
1618
11c19e16
MS
1619@ifset S390
1620The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the s390
1621processor family.
1622
1623@table @gcctabopt
1624@item -m31
1625@itemx -m64
1626Select the word size, either 31/32 bits or 64 bits.
1627@item -mesa
1628@item -mzarch
1629Select the architecture mode, either the Enterprise System
1630Architecture (esa) or the z/Architecture mode (zarch).
1631@item -march=@var{processor}
1632Specify which s390 processor variant is the target, @samp{g6}, @samp{g6},
cfc72779 1633@samp{z900}, @samp{z990}, @samp{z9-109}, @samp{z9-ec}, @samp{z10},
1e2e8c52 1634@samp{z196}, @samp{zEC12}, or @samp{z13}.
11c19e16
MS
1635@item -mregnames
1636@itemx -mno-regnames
1637Allow or disallow symbolic names for registers.
1638@item -mwarn-areg-zero
1639Warn whenever the operand for a base or index register has been specified
1640but evaluates to zero.
1641@end table
1642@end ifset
2a633939 1643@c man end
11c19e16 1644
40b36596 1645@ifset TIC6X
2a633939
JM
1646
1647@ifclear man
1648@xref{TIC6X Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1649for a TMS320C6000 processor.
1650@end ifclear
1651
1652@ifset man
1653@c man begin OPTIONS
40b36596
JM
1654The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1655TMS320C6000 processor.
2a633939
JM
1656@c man end
1657@c man begin INCLUDE
1658@include c-tic6x.texi
1659@c ended inside the included file
1660@end ifset
40b36596
JM
1661
1662@end ifset
1663
aa137e4d
NC
1664@ifset TILEGX
1665
1666@ifclear man
1667@xref{TILE-Gx Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1668for a TILE-Gx processor.
1669@end ifclear
1670
1671@ifset man
1672@c man begin OPTIONS
1673The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a TILE-Gx
1674processor.
1675@c man end
1676@c man begin INCLUDE
1677@include c-tilegx.texi
1678@c ended inside the included file
1679@end ifset
1680
1681@end ifset
1682
b6605ddd
EB
1683@ifset VISIUM
1684
1685@ifclear man
1686@xref{Visium Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1687for a Visium processor.
1688@end ifclear
1689
1690@ifset man
1691@c man begin OPTIONS
1692The following option is available when @value{AS} is configured for a Visium
1693processor.
1694@c man end
1695@c man begin INCLUDE
1696@include c-visium.texi
1697@c ended inside the included file
1698@end ifset
1699
1700@end ifset
1701
e0001a05 1702@ifset XTENSA
e0001a05 1703
2d8b84ae
SA
1704@ifclear man
1705@xref{Xtensa Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1706for an Xtensa processor.
1707@end ifclear
1708
1709@ifset man
1710@c man begin OPTIONS
1711The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an
1712Xtensa processor.
1713@c man end
1714@c man begin INCLUDE
1715@include c-xtensa.texi
1716@c ended inside the included file
e0001a05
NC
1717@end ifset
1718
2d8b84ae
SA
1719@end ifset
1720
1721@c man begin OPTIONS
1722
3c9b82ba
NC
1723@ifset Z80
1724The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1725a Z80 family processor.
1726@table @gcctabopt
1727@item -z80
1728Assemble for Z80 processor.
1729@item -r800
1730Assemble for R800 processor.
01642c12 1731@item -ignore-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1732@itemx -Wnud
1733Assemble undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800 without warning.
01642c12 1734@item -ignore-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1735@itemx -Wnup
1736Assemble all undocumented Z80 instructions without warning.
01642c12 1737@item -warn-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1738@itemx -Wud
1739Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800.
01642c12 1740@item -warn-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba 1741@itemx -Wup
01642c12
RM
1742Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800.
1743@item -forbid-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1744@itemx -Fud
1745Treat all undocumented instructions as errors.
01642c12 1746@item -forbid-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba 1747@itemx -Fup
b45619c0 1748Treat undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800 as errors.
3c9b82ba
NC
1749@end table
1750@end ifset
1751
0285c67d
NC
1752@c man end
1753
252b5132
RH
1754@menu
1755* Manual:: Structure of this Manual
1756* GNU Assembler:: The GNU Assembler
1757* Object Formats:: Object File Formats
1758* Command Line:: Command Line
1759* Input Files:: Input Files
1760* Object:: Output (Object) File
1761* Errors:: Error and Warning Messages
1762@end menu
1763
1764@node Manual
1765@section Structure of this Manual
1766
1767@cindex manual, structure and purpose
1768This manual is intended to describe what you need to know to use
a4fb0134 1769@sc{gnu} @command{@value{AS}}. We cover the syntax expected in source files, including
252b5132 1770notation for symbols, constants, and expressions; the directives that
a4fb0134 1771@command{@value{AS}} understands; and of course how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1772
1773@ifclear GENERIC
1774We also cover special features in the @value{TARGET}
a4fb0134 1775configuration of @command{@value{AS}}, including assembler directives.
252b5132
RH
1776@end ifclear
1777@ifset GENERIC
1778This manual also describes some of the machine-dependent features of
1779various flavors of the assembler.
1780@end ifset
1781
1782@cindex machine instructions (not covered)
1783On the other hand, this manual is @emph{not} intended as an introduction
1784to programming in assembly language---let alone programming in general!
1785In a similar vein, we make no attempt to introduce the machine
1786architecture; we do @emph{not} describe the instruction set, standard
1787mnemonics, registers or addressing modes that are standard to a
1788particular architecture.
1789@ifset GENERIC
1790You may want to consult the manufacturer's
1791machine architecture manual for this information.
1792@end ifset
1793@ifclear GENERIC
1794@ifset H8/300
1795For information on the H8/300 machine instruction set, see @cite{H8/300
c2dcd04e
NC
1796Series Programming Manual}. For the H8/300H, see @cite{H8/300H Series
1797Programming Manual} (Renesas).
252b5132 1798@end ifset
252b5132 1799@ifset SH
ef230218
JR
1800For information on the Renesas (formerly Hitachi) / SuperH SH machine instruction set,
1801see @cite{SH-Microcomputer User's Manual} (Renesas) or
1802@cite{SH-4 32-bit CPU Core Architecture} (SuperH) and
1803@cite{SuperH (SH) 64-Bit RISC Series} (SuperH).
252b5132
RH
1804@end ifset
1805@ifset Z8000
1806For information on the Z8000 machine instruction set, see @cite{Z8000 CPU Technical Manual}
1807@end ifset
1808@end ifclear
1809
1810@c I think this is premature---doc@cygnus.com, 17jan1991
1811@ignore
1812Throughout this manual, we assume that you are running @dfn{GNU},
1813the portable operating system from the @dfn{Free Software
1814Foundation, Inc.}. This restricts our attention to certain kinds of
1815computer (in particular, the kinds of computers that @sc{gnu} can run on);
1816once this assumption is granted examples and definitions need less
1817qualification.
1818
a4fb0134 1819@command{@value{AS}} is part of a team of programs that turn a high-level
252b5132
RH
1820human-readable series of instructions into a low-level
1821computer-readable series of instructions. Different versions of
a4fb0134 1822@command{@value{AS}} are used for different kinds of computer.
252b5132
RH
1823@end ignore
1824
1825@c There used to be a section "Terminology" here, which defined
1826@c "contents", "byte", "word", and "long". Defining "word" to any
1827@c particular size is confusing when the .word directive may generate 16
1828@c bits on one machine and 32 bits on another; in general, for the user
1829@c version of this manual, none of these terms seem essential to define.
1830@c They were used very little even in the former draft of the manual;
1831@c this draft makes an effort to avoid them (except in names of
1832@c directives).
1833
1834@node GNU Assembler
1835@section The GNU Assembler
1836
0285c67d
NC
1837@c man begin DESCRIPTION
1838
a4fb0134 1839@sc{gnu} @command{as} is really a family of assemblers.
252b5132 1840@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 1841This manual describes @command{@value{AS}}, a member of that family which is
252b5132
RH
1842configured for the @value{TARGET} architectures.
1843@end ifclear
1844If you use (or have used) the @sc{gnu} assembler on one architecture, you
1845should find a fairly similar environment when you use it on another
1846architecture. Each version has much in common with the others,
1847including object file formats, most assembler directives (often called
1848@dfn{pseudo-ops}) and assembler syntax.@refill
1849
1850@cindex purpose of @sc{gnu} assembler
a4fb0134 1851@command{@value{AS}} is primarily intended to assemble the output of the
252b5132 1852@sc{gnu} C compiler @code{@value{GCC}} for use by the linker
a4fb0134 1853@code{@value{LD}}. Nevertheless, we've tried to make @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
1854assemble correctly everything that other assemblers for the same
1855machine would assemble.
1856@ifset VAX
1857Any exceptions are documented explicitly (@pxref{Machine Dependencies}).
1858@end ifset
1859@ifset M680X0
1860@c This remark should appear in generic version of manual; assumption
1861@c here is that generic version sets M680x0.
a4fb0134 1862This doesn't mean @command{@value{AS}} always uses the same syntax as another
252b5132
RH
1863assembler for the same architecture; for example, we know of several
1864incompatible versions of 680x0 assembly language syntax.
1865@end ifset
1866
0285c67d
NC
1867@c man end
1868
a4fb0134 1869Unlike older assemblers, @command{@value{AS}} is designed to assemble a source
252b5132
RH
1870program in one pass of the source file. This has a subtle impact on the
1871@kbd{.org} directive (@pxref{Org,,@code{.org}}).
1872
1873@node Object Formats
1874@section Object File Formats
1875
1876@cindex object file format
1877The @sc{gnu} assembler can be configured to produce several alternative
1878object file formats. For the most part, this does not affect how you
1879write assembly language programs; but directives for debugging symbols
1880are typically different in different file formats. @xref{Symbol
1881Attributes,,Symbol Attributes}.
1882@ifclear GENERIC
1883@ifclear MULTI-OBJ
c1253627 1884For the @value{TARGET} target, @command{@value{AS}} is configured to produce
252b5132
RH
1885@value{OBJ-NAME} format object files.
1886@end ifclear
1887@c The following should exhaust all configs that set MULTI-OBJ, ideally
252b5132 1888@ifset I960
a4fb0134 1889On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
252b5132
RH
1890@code{b.out} or COFF format object files.
1891@end ifset
1892@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134 1893On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
252b5132
RH
1894SOM or ELF format object files.
1895@end ifset
1896@end ifclear
1897
1898@node Command Line
1899@section Command Line
1900
1901@cindex command line conventions
0285c67d 1902
a4fb0134 1903After the program name @command{@value{AS}}, the command line may contain
252b5132
RH
1904options and file names. Options may appear in any order, and may be
1905before, after, or between file names. The order of file names is
1906significant.
1907
1908@cindex standard input, as input file
1909@kindex --
1910@file{--} (two hyphens) by itself names the standard input file
a4fb0134 1911explicitly, as one of the files for @command{@value{AS}} to assemble.
252b5132
RH
1912
1913@cindex options, command line
1914Except for @samp{--} any command line argument that begins with a
1915hyphen (@samp{-}) is an option. Each option changes the behavior of
a4fb0134 1916@command{@value{AS}}. No option changes the way another option works. An
252b5132
RH
1917option is a @samp{-} followed by one or more letters; the case of
1918the letter is important. All options are optional.
1919
1920Some options expect exactly one file name to follow them. The file
1921name may either immediately follow the option's letter (compatible
1922with older assemblers) or it may be the next command argument (@sc{gnu}
1923standard). These two command lines are equivalent:
1924
1925@smallexample
1926@value{AS} -o my-object-file.o mumble.s
1927@value{AS} -omy-object-file.o mumble.s
1928@end smallexample
1929
1930@node Input Files
1931@section Input Files
1932
1933@cindex input
1934@cindex source program
1935@cindex files, input
1936We use the phrase @dfn{source program}, abbreviated @dfn{source}, to
a4fb0134 1937describe the program input to one run of @command{@value{AS}}. The program may
252b5132
RH
1938be in one or more files; how the source is partitioned into files
1939doesn't change the meaning of the source.
1940
1941@c I added "con" prefix to "catenation" just to prove I can overcome my
1942@c APL training... doc@cygnus.com
1943The source program is a concatenation of the text in all the files, in the
1944order specified.
1945
0285c67d 1946@c man begin DESCRIPTION
a4fb0134 1947Each time you run @command{@value{AS}} it assembles exactly one source
252b5132
RH
1948program. The source program is made up of one or more files.
1949(The standard input is also a file.)
1950
a4fb0134 1951You give @command{@value{AS}} a command line that has zero or more input file
252b5132
RH
1952names. The input files are read (from left file name to right). A
1953command line argument (in any position) that has no special meaning
1954is taken to be an input file name.
1955
a4fb0134
SC
1956If you give @command{@value{AS}} no file names it attempts to read one input file
1957from the @command{@value{AS}} standard input, which is normally your terminal. You
1958may have to type @key{ctl-D} to tell @command{@value{AS}} there is no more program
252b5132
RH
1959to assemble.
1960
1961Use @samp{--} if you need to explicitly name the standard input file
1962in your command line.
1963
a4fb0134 1964If the source is empty, @command{@value{AS}} produces a small, empty object
252b5132
RH
1965file.
1966
0285c67d
NC
1967@c man end
1968
252b5132
RH
1969@subheading Filenames and Line-numbers
1970
1971@cindex input file linenumbers
1972@cindex line numbers, in input files
1973There are two ways of locating a line in the input file (or files) and
1974either may be used in reporting error messages. One way refers to a line
1975number in a physical file; the other refers to a line number in a
1976``logical'' file. @xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
1977
1978@dfn{Physical files} are those files named in the command line given
a4fb0134 1979to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1980
1981@dfn{Logical files} are simply names declared explicitly by assembler
1982directives; they bear no relation to physical files. Logical file names help
a4fb0134
SC
1983error messages reflect the original source file, when @command{@value{AS}} source
1984is itself synthesized from other files. @command{@value{AS}} understands the
252b5132
RH
1985@samp{#} directives emitted by the @code{@value{GCC}} preprocessor. See also
1986@ref{File,,@code{.file}}.
1987
1988@node Object
1989@section Output (Object) File
1990
1991@cindex object file
1992@cindex output file
1993@kindex a.out
1994@kindex .o
a4fb0134 1995Every time you run @command{@value{AS}} it produces an output file, which is
252b5132
RH
1996your assembly language program translated into numbers. This file
1997is the object file. Its default name is
1998@ifclear BOUT
1999@code{a.out}.
2000@end ifclear
2001@ifset BOUT
2002@ifset GENERIC
01642c12 2003@code{a.out}, or
252b5132 2004@end ifset
a4fb0134 2005@code{b.out} when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for the Intel 80960.
252b5132 2006@end ifset
a4fb0134 2007You can give it another name by using the @option{-o} option. Conventionally,
252b5132
RH
2008object file names end with @file{.o}. The default name is used for historical
2009reasons: older assemblers were capable of assembling self-contained programs
2010directly into a runnable program. (For some formats, this isn't currently
2011possible, but it can be done for the @code{a.out} format.)
2012
2013@cindex linker
2014@kindex ld
2015The object file is meant for input to the linker @code{@value{LD}}. It contains
2016assembled program code, information to help @code{@value{LD}} integrate
2017the assembled program into a runnable file, and (optionally) symbolic
2018information for the debugger.
2019
2020@c link above to some info file(s) like the description of a.out.
2021@c don't forget to describe @sc{gnu} info as well as Unix lossage.
2022
2023@node Errors
2024@section Error and Warning Messages
2025
0285c67d
NC
2026@c man begin DESCRIPTION
2027
a349d9dd 2028@cindex error messages
252b5132
RH
2029@cindex warning messages
2030@cindex messages from assembler
a4fb0134 2031@command{@value{AS}} may write warnings and error messages to the standard error
252b5132 2032file (usually your terminal). This should not happen when a compiler
a4fb0134
SC
2033runs @command{@value{AS}} automatically. Warnings report an assumption made so
2034that @command{@value{AS}} could keep assembling a flawed program; errors report a
252b5132
RH
2035grave problem that stops the assembly.
2036
0285c67d
NC
2037@c man end
2038
252b5132
RH
2039@cindex format of warning messages
2040Warning messages have the format
2041
2042@smallexample
2043file_name:@b{NNN}:Warning Message Text
2044@end smallexample
2045
2046@noindent
72e0b254
NC
2047@cindex file names and line numbers, in warnings/errors
2048(where @b{NNN} is a line number). If both a logical file name
2049(@pxref{File,,@code{.file}}) and a logical line number
252b5132
RH
2050@ifset GENERIC
2051(@pxref{Line,,@code{.line}})
2052@end ifset
72e0b254
NC
2053have been given then they will be used, otherwise the file name and line number
2054in the current assembler source file will be used. The message text is
2055intended to be self explanatory (in the grand Unix tradition).
2056
2057Note the file name must be set via the logical version of the @code{.file}
2058directive, not the DWARF2 version of the @code{.file} directive. For example:
2059
2060@smallexample
2061 .file 2 "bar.c"
2062 error_assembler_source
2063 .file "foo.c"
2064 .line 30
2065 error_c_source
2066@end smallexample
2067
2068produces this output:
2069
2070@smallexample
2071 Assembler messages:
2072 asm.s:2: Error: no such instruction: `error_assembler_source'
2073 foo.c:31: Error: no such instruction: `error_c_source'
2074@end smallexample
252b5132
RH
2075
2076@cindex format of error messages
2077Error messages have the format
72e0b254 2078
252b5132
RH
2079@smallexample
2080file_name:@b{NNN}:FATAL:Error Message Text
2081@end smallexample
72e0b254 2082
252b5132
RH
2083The file name and line number are derived as for warning
2084messages. The actual message text may be rather less explanatory
2085because many of them aren't supposed to happen.
2086
2087@node Invoking
2088@chapter Command-Line Options
2089
2090@cindex options, all versions of assembler
2091This chapter describes command-line options available in @emph{all}
96e9638b
BW
2092versions of the @sc{gnu} assembler; see @ref{Machine Dependencies},
2093for options specific
252b5132 2094@ifclear GENERIC
c1253627 2095to the @value{TARGET} target.
252b5132
RH
2096@end ifclear
2097@ifset GENERIC
2098to particular machine architectures.
2099@end ifset
2100
0285c67d
NC
2101@c man begin DESCRIPTION
2102
c1253627 2103If you are invoking @command{@value{AS}} via the @sc{gnu} C compiler,
252b5132
RH
2104you can use the @samp{-Wa} option to pass arguments through to the assembler.
2105The assembler arguments must be separated from each other (and the @samp{-Wa})
2106by commas. For example:
2107
2108@smallexample
2109gcc -c -g -O -Wa,-alh,-L file.c
2110@end smallexample
2111
2112@noindent
2113This passes two options to the assembler: @samp{-alh} (emit a listing to
5f5e16be 2114standard output with high-level and assembly source) and @samp{-L} (retain
252b5132
RH
2115local symbols in the symbol table).
2116
2117Usually you do not need to use this @samp{-Wa} mechanism, since many compiler
2118command-line options are automatically passed to the assembler by the compiler.
2119(You can call the @sc{gnu} compiler driver with the @samp{-v} option to see
2120precisely what options it passes to each compilation pass, including the
2121assembler.)
2122
0285c67d
NC
2123@c man end
2124
252b5132 2125@menu
83f10cb2 2126* a:: -a[cdghlns] enable listings
caa32fe5 2127* alternate:: --alternate enable alternate macro syntax
252b5132
RH
2128* D:: -D for compatibility
2129* f:: -f to work faster
2130* I:: -I for .include search path
2131@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2132* K:: -K for compatibility
2133@end ifclear
2134@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2135* K:: -K for difference tables
2136@end ifset
2137
ba83aca1 2138* L:: -L to retain local symbols
c3a27914 2139* listing:: --listing-XXX to configure listing output
252b5132
RH
2140* M:: -M or --mri to assemble in MRI compatibility mode
2141* MD:: --MD for dependency tracking
2142* o:: -o to name the object file
2143* R:: -R to join data and text sections
2144* statistics:: --statistics to see statistics about assembly
2145* traditional-format:: --traditional-format for compatible output
2146* v:: -v to announce version
2bdd6cf5 2147* W:: -W, --no-warn, --warn, --fatal-warnings to control warnings
252b5132
RH
2148* Z:: -Z to make object file even after errors
2149@end menu
2150
2151@node a
83f10cb2 2152@section Enable Listings: @option{-a[cdghlns]}
252b5132
RH
2153
2154@kindex -a
2155@kindex -ac
2156@kindex -ad
83f10cb2 2157@kindex -ag
252b5132
RH
2158@kindex -ah
2159@kindex -al
2160@kindex -an
2161@kindex -as
2162@cindex listings, enabling
2163@cindex assembly listings, enabling
2164
2165These options enable listing output from the assembler. By itself,
2166@samp{-a} requests high-level, assembly, and symbols listing.
2167You can use other letters to select specific options for the list:
2168@samp{-ah} requests a high-level language listing,
2169@samp{-al} requests an output-program assembly listing, and
2170@samp{-as} requests a symbol table listing.
2171High-level listings require that a compiler debugging option like
2172@samp{-g} be used, and that assembly listings (@samp{-al}) be requested
2173also.
2174
83f10cb2
NC
2175Use the @samp{-ag} option to print a first section with general assembly
2176information, like @value{AS} version, switches passed, or time stamp.
2177
252b5132
RH
2178Use the @samp{-ac} option to omit false conditionals from a listing. Any lines
2179which are not assembled because of a false @code{.if} (or @code{.ifdef}, or any
2180other conditional), or a true @code{.if} followed by an @code{.else}, will be
2181omitted from the listing.
2182
2183Use the @samp{-ad} option to omit debugging directives from the
2184listing.
2185
2186Once you have specified one of these options, you can further control
2187listing output and its appearance using the directives @code{.list},
2188@code{.nolist}, @code{.psize}, @code{.eject}, @code{.title}, and
2189@code{.sbttl}.
2190The @samp{-an} option turns off all forms processing.
2191If you do not request listing output with one of the @samp{-a} options, the
2192listing-control directives have no effect.
2193
2194The letters after @samp{-a} may be combined into one option,
2195@emph{e.g.}, @samp{-aln}.
2196
96e9638b
BW
2197Note if the assembler source is coming from the standard input (e.g.,
2198because it
c3a27914
NC
2199is being created by @code{@value{GCC}} and the @samp{-pipe} command line switch
2200is being used) then the listing will not contain any comments or preprocessor
2201directives. This is because the listing code buffers input source lines from
2202stdin only after they have been preprocessed by the assembler. This reduces
2203memory usage and makes the code more efficient.
2204
caa32fe5
NC
2205@node alternate
2206@section @option{--alternate}
2207
2208@kindex --alternate
2209Begin in alternate macro mode, see @ref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
2210
252b5132 2211@node D
a4fb0134 2212@section @option{-D}
252b5132
RH
2213
2214@kindex -D
2215This option has no effect whatsoever, but it is accepted to make it more
2216likely that scripts written for other assemblers also work with
a4fb0134 2217@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2218
2219@node f
a4fb0134 2220@section Work Faster: @option{-f}
252b5132
RH
2221
2222@kindex -f
2223@cindex trusted compiler
a4fb0134 2224@cindex faster processing (@option{-f})
252b5132
RH
2225@samp{-f} should only be used when assembling programs written by a
2226(trusted) compiler. @samp{-f} stops the assembler from doing whitespace
2227and comment preprocessing on
2228the input file(s) before assembling them. @xref{Preprocessing,
2229,Preprocessing}.
2230
2231@quotation
2232@emph{Warning:} if you use @samp{-f} when the files actually need to be
a4fb0134 2233preprocessed (if they contain comments, for example), @command{@value{AS}} does
252b5132
RH
2234not work correctly.
2235@end quotation
2236
2237@node I
c1253627 2238@section @code{.include} Search Path: @option{-I} @var{path}
252b5132
RH
2239
2240@kindex -I @var{path}
2241@cindex paths for @code{.include}
2242@cindex search path for @code{.include}
2243@cindex @code{include} directive search path
2244Use this option to add a @var{path} to the list of directories
a4fb0134
SC
2245@command{@value{AS}} searches for files specified in @code{.include}
2246directives (@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You may use @option{-I} as
252b5132 2247many times as necessary to include a variety of paths. The current
a4fb0134 2248working directory is always searched first; after that, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
2249searches any @samp{-I} directories in the same order as they were
2250specified (left to right) on the command line.
2251
2252@node K
a4fb0134 2253@section Difference Tables: @option{-K}
252b5132
RH
2254
2255@kindex -K
2256@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2257On the @value{TARGET} family, this option is allowed, but has no effect. It is
2258permitted for compatibility with the @sc{gnu} assembler on other platforms,
2259where it can be used to warn when the assembler alters the machine code
2260generated for @samp{.word} directives in difference tables. The @value{TARGET}
2261family does not have the addressing limitations that sometimes lead to this
2262alteration on other platforms.
2263@end ifclear
2264
2265@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2266@cindex difference tables, warning
2267@cindex warning for altered difference tables
96e9638b
BW
2268@command{@value{AS}} sometimes alters the code emitted for directives of the
2269form @samp{.word @var{sym1}-@var{sym2}}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
252b5132
RH
2270You can use the @samp{-K} option if you want a warning issued when this
2271is done.
2272@end ifset
2273
2274@node L
ba83aca1 2275@section Include Local Symbols: @option{-L}
252b5132
RH
2276
2277@kindex -L
ba83aca1
BW
2278@cindex local symbols, retaining in output
2279Symbols beginning with system-specific local label prefixes, typically
2280@samp{.L} for ELF systems or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, are
2281called @dfn{local symbols}. @xref{Symbol Names}. Normally you do not see
2282such symbols when debugging, because they are intended for the use of
2283programs (like compilers) that compose assembler programs, not for your
2284notice. Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} discard
2285such symbols, so you do not normally debug with them.
2286
2287This option tells @command{@value{AS}} to retain those local symbols
252b5132 2288in the object file. Usually if you do this you also tell the linker
ba83aca1 2289@code{@value{LD}} to preserve those symbols.
252b5132 2290
c3a27914 2291@node listing
a4fb0134 2292@section Configuring listing output: @option{--listing}
c3a27914
NC
2293
2294The listing feature of the assembler can be enabled via the command line switch
2295@samp{-a} (@pxref{a}). This feature combines the input source file(s) with a
2296hex dump of the corresponding locations in the output object file, and displays
96e9638b
BW
2297them as a listing file. The format of this listing can be controlled by
2298directives inside the assembler source (i.e., @code{.list} (@pxref{List}),
2299@code{.title} (@pxref{Title}), @code{.sbttl} (@pxref{Sbttl}),
2300@code{.psize} (@pxref{Psize}), and
2301@code{.eject} (@pxref{Eject}) and also by the following switches:
c3a27914 2302
a4fb0134 2303@table @gcctabopt
c3a27914
NC
2304@item --listing-lhs-width=@samp{number}
2305@kindex --listing-lhs-width
2306@cindex Width of first line disassembly output
2307Sets the maximum width, in words, of the first line of the hex byte dump. This
2308dump appears on the left hand side of the listing output.
2309
2310@item --listing-lhs-width2=@samp{number}
2311@kindex --listing-lhs-width2
2312@cindex Width of continuation lines of disassembly output
2313Sets the maximum width, in words, of any further lines of the hex byte dump for
8dfa0188 2314a given input source line. If this value is not specified, it defaults to being
c3a27914
NC
2315the same as the value specified for @samp{--listing-lhs-width}. If neither
2316switch is used the default is to one.
2317
2318@item --listing-rhs-width=@samp{number}
2319@kindex --listing-rhs-width
2320@cindex Width of source line output
2321Sets the maximum width, in characters, of the source line that is displayed
2322alongside the hex dump. The default value for this parameter is 100. The
2323source line is displayed on the right hand side of the listing output.
2324
2325@item --listing-cont-lines=@samp{number}
2326@kindex --listing-cont-lines
2327@cindex Maximum number of continuation lines
2328Sets the maximum number of continuation lines of hex dump that will be
2329displayed for a given single line of source input. The default value is 4.
2330@end table
2331
252b5132 2332@node M
a4fb0134 2333@section Assemble in MRI Compatibility Mode: @option{-M}
252b5132
RH
2334
2335@kindex -M
2336@cindex MRI compatibility mode
a4fb0134
SC
2337The @option{-M} or @option{--mri} option selects MRI compatibility mode. This
2338changes the syntax and pseudo-op handling of @command{@value{AS}} to make it
252b5132
RH
2339compatible with the @code{ASM68K} or the @code{ASM960} (depending upon the
2340configured target) assembler from Microtec Research. The exact nature of the
2341MRI syntax will not be documented here; see the MRI manuals for more
2342information. Note in particular that the handling of macros and macro
2343arguments is somewhat different. The purpose of this option is to permit
a4fb0134 2344assembling existing MRI assembler code using @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2345
2346The MRI compatibility is not complete. Certain operations of the MRI assembler
2347depend upon its object file format, and can not be supported using other object
2348file formats. Supporting these would require enhancing each object file format
2349individually. These are:
2350
2351@itemize @bullet
2352@item global symbols in common section
2353
2354The m68k MRI assembler supports common sections which are merged by the linker.
a4fb0134 2355Other object file formats do not support this. @command{@value{AS}} handles
252b5132
RH
2356common sections by treating them as a single common symbol. It permits local
2357symbols to be defined within a common section, but it can not support global
2358symbols, since it has no way to describe them.
2359
2360@item complex relocations
2361
2362The MRI assemblers support relocations against a negated section address, and
2363relocations which combine the start addresses of two or more sections. These
2364are not support by other object file formats.
2365
2366@item @code{END} pseudo-op specifying start address
2367
2368The MRI @code{END} pseudo-op permits the specification of a start address.
2369This is not supported by other object file formats. The start address may
a4fb0134 2370instead be specified using the @option{-e} option to the linker, or in a linker
252b5132
RH
2371script.
2372
2373@item @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops
2374
2375The MRI @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops assign a module
2376name to the output file. This is not supported by other object file formats.
2377
2378@item @code{ORG} pseudo-op
2379
2380The m68k MRI @code{ORG} pseudo-op begins an absolute section at a given
a4fb0134 2381address. This differs from the usual @command{@value{AS}} @code{.org} pseudo-op,
252b5132
RH
2382which changes the location within the current section. Absolute sections are
2383not supported by other object file formats. The address of a section may be
2384assigned within a linker script.
2385@end itemize
2386
2387There are some other features of the MRI assembler which are not supported by
a4fb0134 2388@command{@value{AS}}, typically either because they are difficult or because they
252b5132
RH
2389seem of little consequence. Some of these may be supported in future releases.
2390
2391@itemize @bullet
2392
2393@item EBCDIC strings
2394
2395EBCDIC strings are not supported.
2396
2397@item packed binary coded decimal
2398
2399Packed binary coded decimal is not supported. This means that the @code{DC.P}
2400and @code{DCB.P} pseudo-ops are not supported.
2401
2402@item @code{FEQU} pseudo-op
2403
2404The m68k @code{FEQU} pseudo-op is not supported.
2405
2406@item @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op
2407
2408The m68k @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op is not supported.
2409
2410@item @code{OPT} branch control options
2411
2412The m68k @code{OPT} branch control options---@code{B}, @code{BRS}, @code{BRB},
a4fb0134 2413@code{BRL}, and @code{BRW}---are ignored. @command{@value{AS}} automatically
252b5132
RH
2414relaxes all branches, whether forward or backward, to an appropriate size, so
2415these options serve no purpose.
2416
2417@item @code{OPT} list control options
2418
2419The following m68k @code{OPT} list control options are ignored: @code{C},
2420@code{CEX}, @code{CL}, @code{CRE}, @code{E}, @code{G}, @code{I}, @code{M},
2421@code{MEX}, @code{MC}, @code{MD}, @code{X}.
2422
2423@item other @code{OPT} options
2424
2425The following m68k @code{OPT} options are ignored: @code{NEST}, @code{O},
2426@code{OLD}, @code{OP}, @code{P}, @code{PCO}, @code{PCR}, @code{PCS}, @code{R}.
2427
2428@item @code{OPT} @code{D} option is default
2429
2430The m68k @code{OPT} @code{D} option is the default, unlike the MRI assembler.
2431@code{OPT NOD} may be used to turn it off.
2432
2433@item @code{XREF} pseudo-op.
2434
2435The m68k @code{XREF} pseudo-op is ignored.
2436
2437@item @code{.debug} pseudo-op
2438
2439The i960 @code{.debug} pseudo-op is not supported.
2440
2441@item @code{.extended} pseudo-op
2442
2443The i960 @code{.extended} pseudo-op is not supported.
2444
2445@item @code{.list} pseudo-op.
2446
2447The various options of the i960 @code{.list} pseudo-op are not supported.
2448
2449@item @code{.optimize} pseudo-op
2450
2451The i960 @code{.optimize} pseudo-op is not supported.
2452
2453@item @code{.output} pseudo-op
2454
2455The i960 @code{.output} pseudo-op is not supported.
2456
2457@item @code{.setreal} pseudo-op
2458
2459The i960 @code{.setreal} pseudo-op is not supported.
2460
2461@end itemize
2462
2463@node MD
c1253627 2464@section Dependency Tracking: @option{--MD}
252b5132
RH
2465
2466@kindex --MD
2467@cindex dependency tracking
2468@cindex make rules
2469
a4fb0134 2470@command{@value{AS}} can generate a dependency file for the file it creates. This
252b5132
RH
2471file consists of a single rule suitable for @code{make} describing the
2472dependencies of the main source file.
2473
2474The rule is written to the file named in its argument.
2475
2476This feature is used in the automatic updating of makefiles.
2477
2478@node o
a4fb0134 2479@section Name the Object File: @option{-o}
252b5132
RH
2480
2481@kindex -o
2482@cindex naming object file
2483@cindex object file name
a4fb0134 2484There is always one object file output when you run @command{@value{AS}}. By
252b5132
RH
2485default it has the name
2486@ifset GENERIC
2487@ifset I960
2488@file{a.out} (or @file{b.out}, for Intel 960 targets only).
2489@end ifset
2490@ifclear I960
2491@file{a.out}.
2492@end ifclear
2493@end ifset
2494@ifclear GENERIC
2495@ifset I960
2496@file{b.out}.
2497@end ifset
2498@ifclear I960
2499@file{a.out}.
2500@end ifclear
2501@end ifclear
2502You use this option (which takes exactly one filename) to give the
2503object file a different name.
2504
a4fb0134 2505Whatever the object file is called, @command{@value{AS}} overwrites any
252b5132
RH
2506existing file of the same name.
2507
2508@node R
a4fb0134 2509@section Join Data and Text Sections: @option{-R}
252b5132
RH
2510
2511@kindex -R
2512@cindex data and text sections, joining
2513@cindex text and data sections, joining
2514@cindex joining text and data sections
2515@cindex merging text and data sections
a4fb0134 2516@option{-R} tells @command{@value{AS}} to write the object file as if all
252b5132
RH
2517data-section data lives in the text section. This is only done at
2518the very last moment: your binary data are the same, but data
2519section parts are relocated differently. The data section part of
2520your object file is zero bytes long because all its bytes are
2521appended to the text section. (@xref{Sections,,Sections and Relocation}.)
2522
a4fb0134 2523When you specify @option{-R} it would be possible to generate shorter
252b5132
RH
2524address displacements (because we do not have to cross between text and
2525data section). We refrain from doing this simply for compatibility with
a4fb0134 2526older versions of @command{@value{AS}}. In future, @option{-R} may work this way.
252b5132 2527
c1253627
NC
2528@ifset COFF-ELF
2529When @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF or ELF output,
252b5132
RH
2530this option is only useful if you use sections named @samp{.text} and
2531@samp{.data}.
2532@end ifset
2533
2534@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134
SC
2535@option{-R} is not supported for any of the HPPA targets. Using
2536@option{-R} generates a warning from @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2537@end ifset
2538
2539@node statistics
a4fb0134 2540@section Display Assembly Statistics: @option{--statistics}
252b5132
RH
2541
2542@kindex --statistics
2543@cindex statistics, about assembly
2544@cindex time, total for assembly
2545@cindex space used, maximum for assembly
2546Use @samp{--statistics} to display two statistics about the resources used by
a4fb0134 2547@command{@value{AS}}: the maximum amount of space allocated during the assembly
252b5132
RH
2548(in bytes), and the total execution time taken for the assembly (in @sc{cpu}
2549seconds).
2550
2551@node traditional-format
c1253627 2552@section Compatible Output: @option{--traditional-format}
252b5132
RH
2553
2554@kindex --traditional-format
a4fb0134 2555For some targets, the output of @command{@value{AS}} is different in some ways
252b5132 2556from the output of some existing assembler. This switch requests
a4fb0134 2557@command{@value{AS}} to use the traditional format instead.
252b5132
RH
2558
2559For example, it disables the exception frame optimizations which
a4fb0134 2560@command{@value{AS}} normally does by default on @code{@value{GCC}} output.
252b5132
RH
2561
2562@node v
a4fb0134 2563@section Announce Version: @option{-v}
252b5132
RH
2564
2565@kindex -v
2566@kindex -version
2567@cindex assembler version
2568@cindex version of assembler
2569You can find out what version of as is running by including the
2570option @samp{-v} (which you can also spell as @samp{-version}) on the
2571command line.
2572
2573@node W
a4fb0134 2574@section Control Warnings: @option{-W}, @option{--warn}, @option{--no-warn}, @option{--fatal-warnings}
252b5132 2575
a4fb0134 2576@command{@value{AS}} should never give a warning or error message when
252b5132 2577assembling compiler output. But programs written by people often
a4fb0134 2578cause @command{@value{AS}} to give a warning that a particular assumption was
252b5132 2579made. All such warnings are directed to the standard error file.
2bdd6cf5 2580
c1253627
NC
2581@kindex -W
2582@kindex --no-warn
2bdd6cf5
GK
2583@cindex suppressing warnings
2584@cindex warnings, suppressing
a4fb0134 2585If you use the @option{-W} and @option{--no-warn} options, no warnings are issued.
2bdd6cf5 2586This only affects the warning messages: it does not change any particular of
a4fb0134 2587how @command{@value{AS}} assembles your file. Errors, which stop the assembly,
2bdd6cf5
GK
2588are still reported.
2589
c1253627 2590@kindex --fatal-warnings
2bdd6cf5
GK
2591@cindex errors, caused by warnings
2592@cindex warnings, causing error
a4fb0134 2593If you use the @option{--fatal-warnings} option, @command{@value{AS}} considers
2bdd6cf5
GK
2594files that generate warnings to be in error.
2595
c1253627 2596@kindex --warn
2bdd6cf5 2597@cindex warnings, switching on
a4fb0134 2598You can switch these options off again by specifying @option{--warn}, which
2bdd6cf5 2599causes warnings to be output as usual.
252b5132
RH
2600
2601@node Z
a4fb0134 2602@section Generate Object File in Spite of Errors: @option{-Z}
252b5132
RH
2603@cindex object file, after errors
2604@cindex errors, continuing after
a4fb0134 2605After an error message, @command{@value{AS}} normally produces no output. If for
252b5132 2606some reason you are interested in object file output even after
a4fb0134
SC
2607@command{@value{AS}} gives an error message on your program, use the @samp{-Z}
2608option. If there are any errors, @command{@value{AS}} continues anyways, and
252b5132
RH
2609writes an object file after a final warning message of the form @samp{@var{n}
2610errors, @var{m} warnings, generating bad object file.}
2611
2612@node Syntax
2613@chapter Syntax
2614
2615@cindex machine-independent syntax
2616@cindex syntax, machine-independent
2617This chapter describes the machine-independent syntax allowed in a
a4fb0134 2618source file. @command{@value{AS}} syntax is similar to what many other
252b5132
RH
2619assemblers use; it is inspired by the BSD 4.2
2620@ifclear VAX
2621assembler.
2622@end ifclear
2623@ifset VAX
a4fb0134 2624assembler, except that @command{@value{AS}} does not assemble Vax bit-fields.
252b5132
RH
2625@end ifset
2626
2627@menu
7c31ae13 2628* Preprocessing:: Preprocessing
252b5132
RH
2629* Whitespace:: Whitespace
2630* Comments:: Comments
2631* Symbol Intro:: Symbols
2632* Statements:: Statements
2633* Constants:: Constants
2634@end menu
2635
2636@node Preprocessing
2637@section Preprocessing
2638
2639@cindex preprocessing
a4fb0134 2640The @command{@value{AS}} internal preprocessor:
252b5132
RH
2641@itemize @bullet
2642@cindex whitespace, removed by preprocessor
2643@item
2644adjusts and removes extra whitespace. It leaves one space or tab before
2645the keywords on a line, and turns any other whitespace on the line into
2646a single space.
2647
2648@cindex comments, removed by preprocessor
2649@item
2650removes all comments, replacing them with a single space, or an
2651appropriate number of newlines.
2652
2653@cindex constants, converted by preprocessor
2654@item
2655converts character constants into the appropriate numeric values.
2656@end itemize
2657
2658It does not do macro processing, include file handling, or
2659anything else you may get from your C compiler's preprocessor. You can
2660do include file processing with the @code{.include} directive
2661(@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You can use the @sc{gnu} C compiler driver
c1253627 2662to get other ``CPP'' style preprocessing by giving the input file a
96e9638b 2663@samp{.S} suffix. @xref{Overall Options, ,Options Controlling the Kind of
252b5132
RH
2664Output, gcc.info, Using GNU CC}.
2665
2666Excess whitespace, comments, and character constants
2667cannot be used in the portions of the input text that are not
2668preprocessed.
2669
2670@cindex turning preprocessing on and off
2671@cindex preprocessing, turning on and off
2672@kindex #NO_APP
2673@kindex #APP
2674If the first line of an input file is @code{#NO_APP} or if you use the
2675@samp{-f} option, whitespace and comments are not removed from the input file.
2676Within an input file, you can ask for whitespace and comment removal in
2677specific portions of the by putting a line that says @code{#APP} before the
2678text that may contain whitespace or comments, and putting a line that says
2679@code{#NO_APP} after this text. This feature is mainly intend to support
2680@code{asm} statements in compilers whose output is otherwise free of comments
2681and whitespace.
2682
2683@node Whitespace
2684@section Whitespace
2685
2686@cindex whitespace
2687@dfn{Whitespace} is one or more blanks or tabs, in any order.
2688Whitespace is used to separate symbols, and to make programs neater for
2689people to read. Unless within character constants
2690(@pxref{Characters,,Character Constants}), any whitespace means the same
2691as exactly one space.
2692
2693@node Comments
2694@section Comments
2695
2696@cindex comments
a4fb0134 2697There are two ways of rendering comments to @command{@value{AS}}. In both
252b5132
RH
2698cases the comment is equivalent to one space.
2699
2700Anything from @samp{/*} through the next @samp{*/} is a comment.
2701This means you may not nest these comments.
2702
2703@smallexample
2704/*
2705 The only way to include a newline ('\n') in a comment
2706 is to use this sort of comment.
2707*/
2708
2709/* This sort of comment does not nest. */
2710@end smallexample
2711
2712@cindex line comment character
7c31ae13
NC
2713Anything from a @dfn{line comment} character up to the next newline is
2714considered a comment and is ignored. The line comment character is target
2715specific, and some targets multiple comment characters. Some targets also have
2716line comment characters that only work if they are the first character on a
2717line. Some targets use a sequence of two characters to introduce a line
2718comment. Some targets can also change their line comment characters depending
2719upon command line options that have been used. For more details see the
2720@emph{Syntax} section in the documentation for individual targets.
2721
2722If the line comment character is the hash sign (@samp{#}) then it still has the
2723special ability to enable and disable preprocessing (@pxref{Preprocessing}) and
2724to specify logical line numbers:
252b5132
RH
2725
2726@kindex #
2727@cindex lines starting with @code{#}
2728@cindex logical line numbers
2729To be compatible with past assemblers, lines that begin with @samp{#} have a
2730special interpretation. Following the @samp{#} should be an absolute
2731expression (@pxref{Expressions}): the logical line number of the @emph{next}
96e9638b 2732line. Then a string (@pxref{Strings, ,Strings}) is allowed: if present it is a
252b5132
RH
2733new logical file name. The rest of the line, if any, should be whitespace.
2734
2735If the first non-whitespace characters on the line are not numeric,
2736the line is ignored. (Just like a comment.)
2737
2738@smallexample
2739 # This is an ordinary comment.
2740# 42-6 "new_file_name" # New logical file name
2741 # This is logical line # 36.
2742@end smallexample
2743This feature is deprecated, and may disappear from future versions
a4fb0134 2744of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2745
2746@node Symbol Intro
2747@section Symbols
2748
2749@cindex characters used in symbols
2750@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
2751A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2752letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2753@samp{_.$}.
2754@end ifclear
2755@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
2756@ifclear GENERIC
2757@ifset H8
2758A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2759letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2760@samp{._$}. (Save that, on the H8/300 only, you may not use @samp{$} in
2761symbol names.)
2762@end ifset
2763@end ifclear
2764@end ifset
2765@ifset GENERIC
2766On most machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions
2767are noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}.
2768@end ifset
2769No symbol may begin with a digit. Case is significant.
d02603dc 2770There is no length limit; all characters are significant. Multibyte characters
7bfd842d
NC
2771are supported. Symbols are delimited by characters not in that set, or by the
2772beginning of a file (since the source program must end with a newline, the end
2773of a file is not a possible symbol delimiter). @xref{Symbols}.
d02603dc
NC
2774
2775Symbol names may also be enclosed in double quote @code{"} characters. In such
2776cases any characters are allowed, except for the NUL character. If a double
2777quote character is to be included in the symbol name it must be preceeded by a
2778backslash @code{\} character.
252b5132
RH
2779@cindex length of symbols
2780
2781@node Statements
2782@section Statements
2783
2784@cindex statements, structure of
2785@cindex line separator character
2786@cindex statement separator character
7c31ae13
NC
2787
2788A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}) or a
2789@dfn{line separator character}. The line separator character is target
2790specific and described in the @emph{Syntax} section of each
2791target's documentation. Not all targets support a line separator character.
2792The newline or line separator character is considered to be part of the
2793preceding statement. Newlines and separators within character constants are an
252b5132 2794exception: they do not end statements.
252b5132
RH
2795
2796@cindex newline, required at file end
2797@cindex EOF, newline must precede
2798It is an error to end any statement with end-of-file: the last
2799character of any input file should be a newline.@refill
2800
2801An empty statement is allowed, and may include whitespace. It is ignored.
2802
2803@cindex instructions and directives
2804@cindex directives and instructions
2805@c "key symbol" is not used elsewhere in the document; seems pedantic to
2806@c @defn{} it in that case, as was done previously... doc@cygnus.com,
2807@c 13feb91.
2808A statement begins with zero or more labels, optionally followed by a
2809key symbol which determines what kind of statement it is. The key
2810symbol determines the syntax of the rest of the statement. If the
2811symbol begins with a dot @samp{.} then the statement is an assembler
2812directive: typically valid for any computer. If the symbol begins with
2813a letter the statement is an assembly language @dfn{instruction}: it
2814assembles into a machine language instruction.
2815@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 2816Different versions of @command{@value{AS}} for different computers
252b5132
RH
2817recognize different instructions. In fact, the same symbol may
2818represent a different instruction in a different computer's assembly
2819language.@refill
2820@end ifset
2821
2822@cindex @code{:} (label)
2823@cindex label (@code{:})
2824A label is a symbol immediately followed by a colon (@code{:}).
2825Whitespace before a label or after a colon is permitted, but you may not
2826have whitespace between a label's symbol and its colon. @xref{Labels}.
2827
2828@ifset HPPA
01642c12 2829For HPPA targets, labels need not be immediately followed by a colon, but
252b5132
RH
2830the definition of a label must begin in column zero. This also implies that
2831only one label may be defined on each line.
2832@end ifset
2833
2834@smallexample
2835label: .directive followed by something
2836another_label: # This is an empty statement.
2837 instruction operand_1, operand_2, @dots{}
2838@end smallexample
2839
2840@node Constants
2841@section Constants
2842
2843@cindex constants
2844A constant is a number, written so that its value is known by
2845inspection, without knowing any context. Like this:
2846@smallexample
2847@group
2848.byte 74, 0112, 092, 0x4A, 0X4a, 'J, '\J # All the same value.
2849.ascii "Ring the bell\7" # A string constant.
2850.octa 0x123456789abcdef0123456789ABCDEF0 # A bignum.
2851.float 0f-314159265358979323846264338327\
285295028841971.693993751E-40 # - pi, a flonum.
2853@end group
2854@end smallexample
2855
2856@menu
2857* Characters:: Character Constants
2858* Numbers:: Number Constants
2859@end menu
2860
2861@node Characters
2862@subsection Character Constants
2863
2864@cindex character constants
2865@cindex constants, character
2866There are two kinds of character constants. A @dfn{character} stands
2867for one character in one byte and its value may be used in
2868numeric expressions. String constants (properly called string
2869@emph{literals}) are potentially many bytes and their values may not be
2870used in arithmetic expressions.
2871
2872@menu
2873* Strings:: Strings
2874* Chars:: Characters
2875@end menu
2876
2877@node Strings
2878@subsubsection Strings
2879
2880@cindex string constants
2881@cindex constants, string
2882A @dfn{string} is written between double-quotes. It may contain
2883double-quotes or null characters. The way to get special characters
2884into a string is to @dfn{escape} these characters: precede them with
2885a backslash @samp{\} character. For example @samp{\\} represents
2886one backslash: the first @code{\} is an escape which tells
a4fb0134
SC
2887@command{@value{AS}} to interpret the second character literally as a backslash
2888(which prevents @command{@value{AS}} from recognizing the second @code{\} as an
252b5132
RH
2889escape character). The complete list of escapes follows.
2890
2891@cindex escape codes, character
2892@cindex character escape codes
361fa3a4
NC
2893@c NOTE: Cindex entries must not start with a backlash character.
2894@c NOTE: This confuses the pdf2texi script when it is creating the
2895@c NOTE: index based upon the first character and so it generates:
2896@c NOTE: \initial {\\}
2897@c NOTE: which then results in the error message:
2898@c NOTE: Argument of \\ has an extra }.
2899@c NOTE: So in the index entries below a space character has been
2900@c NOTE: prepended to avoid this problem.
252b5132
RH
2901@table @kbd
2902@c @item \a
2903@c Mnemonic for ACKnowledge; for ASCII this is octal code 007.
2904@c
361fa3a4 2905@cindex @code{ \b} (backspace character)
252b5132
RH
2906@cindex backspace (@code{\b})
2907@item \b
2908Mnemonic for backspace; for ASCII this is octal code 010.
2909
2910@c @item \e
2911@c Mnemonic for EOText; for ASCII this is octal code 004.
2912@c
361fa3a4 2913@cindex @code{ \f} (formfeed character)
252b5132 2914@cindex formfeed (@code{\f})
361fa3a4 2915@item backslash-f
252b5132
RH
2916Mnemonic for FormFeed; for ASCII this is octal code 014.
2917
361fa3a4 2918@cindex @code{ \n} (newline character)
252b5132
RH
2919@cindex newline (@code{\n})
2920@item \n
2921Mnemonic for newline; for ASCII this is octal code 012.
2922
2923@c @item \p
2924@c Mnemonic for prefix; for ASCII this is octal code 033, usually known as @code{escape}.
2925@c
361fa3a4
NC
2926@cindex @code{ \r} (carriage return character)
2927@cindex carriage return (@code{backslash-r})
252b5132
RH
2928@item \r
2929Mnemonic for carriage-Return; for ASCII this is octal code 015.
2930
2931@c @item \s
2932@c Mnemonic for space; for ASCII this is octal code 040. Included for compliance with
2933@c other assemblers.
2934@c
361fa3a4 2935@cindex @code{ \t} (tab)
252b5132
RH
2936@cindex tab (@code{\t})
2937@item \t
2938Mnemonic for horizontal Tab; for ASCII this is octal code 011.
2939
2940@c @item \v
2941@c Mnemonic for Vertical tab; for ASCII this is octal code 013.
2942@c @item \x @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
2943@c A hexadecimal character code. The numeric code is 3 hexadecimal digits.
2944@c
361fa3a4 2945@cindex @code{ \@var{ddd}} (octal character code)
252b5132
RH
2946@cindex octal character code (@code{\@var{ddd}})
2947@item \ @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
2948An octal character code. The numeric code is 3 octal digits.
2949For compatibility with other Unix systems, 8 and 9 are accepted as digits:
2950for example, @code{\008} has the value 010, and @code{\009} the value 011.
2951
361fa3a4 2952@cindex @code{ \@var{xd...}} (hex character code)
252b5132
RH
2953@cindex hex character code (@code{\@var{xd...}})
2954@item \@code{x} @var{hex-digits...}
2955A hex character code. All trailing hex digits are combined. Either upper or
2956lower case @code{x} works.
2957
361fa3a4 2958@cindex @code{ \\} (@samp{\} character)
252b5132
RH
2959@cindex backslash (@code{\\})
2960@item \\
2961Represents one @samp{\} character.
2962
2963@c @item \'
2964@c Represents one @samp{'} (accent acute) character.
2965@c This is needed in single character literals
2966@c (@xref{Characters,,Character Constants}.) to represent
2967@c a @samp{'}.
2968@c
361fa3a4 2969@cindex @code{ \"} (doublequote character)
252b5132
RH
2970@cindex doublequote (@code{\"})
2971@item \"
2972Represents one @samp{"} character. Needed in strings to represent
2973this character, because an unescaped @samp{"} would end the string.
2974
2975@item \ @var{anything-else}
2976Any other character when escaped by @kbd{\} gives a warning, but
2977assembles as if the @samp{\} was not present. The idea is that if
2978you used an escape sequence you clearly didn't want the literal
a4fb0134
SC
2979interpretation of the following character. However @command{@value{AS}} has no
2980other interpretation, so @command{@value{AS}} knows it is giving you the wrong
252b5132
RH
2981code and warns you of the fact.
2982@end table
2983
2984Which characters are escapable, and what those escapes represent,
2985varies widely among assemblers. The current set is what we think
2986the BSD 4.2 assembler recognizes, and is a subset of what most C
2987compilers recognize. If you are in doubt, do not use an escape
2988sequence.
2989
2990@node Chars
2991@subsubsection Characters
2992
2993@cindex single character constant
2994@cindex character, single
2995@cindex constant, single character
2996A single character may be written as a single quote immediately
2997followed by that character. The same escapes apply to characters as
2998to strings. So if you want to write the character backslash, you
2999must write @kbd{'\\} where the first @code{\} escapes the second
3000@code{\}. As you can see, the quote is an acute accent, not a
3001grave accent. A newline
3002@ifclear GENERIC
3003@ifclear abnormal-separator
3004(or semicolon @samp{;})
3005@end ifclear
3006@ifset abnormal-separator
252b5132
RH
3007@ifset H8
3008(or dollar sign @samp{$}, for the H8/300; or semicolon @samp{;} for the
7be1c489 3009Renesas SH)
252b5132
RH
3010@end ifset
3011@end ifset
3012@end ifclear
3013immediately following an acute accent is taken as a literal character
3014and does not count as the end of a statement. The value of a character
3015constant in a numeric expression is the machine's byte-wide code for
a4fb0134 3016that character. @command{@value{AS}} assumes your character code is ASCII:
252b5132
RH
3017@kbd{'A} means 65, @kbd{'B} means 66, and so on. @refill
3018
3019@node Numbers
3020@subsection Number Constants
3021
3022@cindex constants, number
3023@cindex number constants
a4fb0134 3024@command{@value{AS}} distinguishes three kinds of numbers according to how they
252b5132
RH
3025are stored in the target machine. @emph{Integers} are numbers that
3026would fit into an @code{int} in the C language. @emph{Bignums} are
3027integers, but they are stored in more than 32 bits. @emph{Flonums}
3028are floating point numbers, described below.
3029
3030@menu
3031* Integers:: Integers
3032* Bignums:: Bignums
3033* Flonums:: Flonums
3034@ifclear GENERIC
3035@ifset I960
3036* Bit Fields:: Bit Fields
3037@end ifset
3038@end ifclear
3039@end menu
3040
3041@node Integers
3042@subsubsection Integers
3043@cindex integers
3044@cindex constants, integer
3045
3046@cindex binary integers
3047@cindex integers, binary
3048A binary integer is @samp{0b} or @samp{0B} followed by zero or more of
3049the binary digits @samp{01}.
3050
3051@cindex octal integers
3052@cindex integers, octal
3053An octal integer is @samp{0} followed by zero or more of the octal
3054digits (@samp{01234567}).
3055
3056@cindex decimal integers
3057@cindex integers, decimal
3058A decimal integer starts with a non-zero digit followed by zero or
3059more digits (@samp{0123456789}).
3060
3061@cindex hexadecimal integers
3062@cindex integers, hexadecimal
3063A hexadecimal integer is @samp{0x} or @samp{0X} followed by one or
3064more hexadecimal digits chosen from @samp{0123456789abcdefABCDEF}.
3065
3066Integers have the usual values. To denote a negative integer, use
3067the prefix operator @samp{-} discussed under expressions
3068(@pxref{Prefix Ops,,Prefix Operators}).
3069
3070@node Bignums
3071@subsubsection Bignums
3072
3073@cindex bignums
3074@cindex constants, bignum
3075A @dfn{bignum} has the same syntax and semantics as an integer
3076except that the number (or its negative) takes more than 32 bits to
3077represent in binary. The distinction is made because in some places
3078integers are permitted while bignums are not.
3079
3080@node Flonums
3081@subsubsection Flonums
3082@cindex flonums
3083@cindex floating point numbers
3084@cindex constants, floating point
3085
3086@cindex precision, floating point
3087A @dfn{flonum} represents a floating point number. The translation is
3088indirect: a decimal floating point number from the text is converted by
a4fb0134 3089@command{@value{AS}} to a generic binary floating point number of more than
252b5132
RH
3090sufficient precision. This generic floating point number is converted
3091to a particular computer's floating point format (or formats) by a
a4fb0134 3092portion of @command{@value{AS}} specialized to that computer.
252b5132
RH
3093
3094A flonum is written by writing (in order)
3095@itemize @bullet
3096@item
3097The digit @samp{0}.
3098@ifset HPPA
3099(@samp{0} is optional on the HPPA.)
3100@end ifset
3101
3102@item
a4fb0134 3103A letter, to tell @command{@value{AS}} the rest of the number is a flonum.
252b5132
RH
3104@ifset GENERIC
3105@kbd{e} is recommended. Case is not important.
3106@ignore
3107@c FIXME: verify if flonum syntax really this vague for most cases
3108(Any otherwise illegal letter works here, but that might be changed. Vax BSD
31094.2 assembler seems to allow any of @samp{defghDEFGH}.)
3110@end ignore
3111
7be1c489 3112On the H8/300, Renesas / SuperH SH,
252b5132
RH
3113and AMD 29K architectures, the letter must be
3114one of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
3115
3116On the ARC, the letter must be one of the letters @samp{DFRS}
3117(in upper or lower case).
3118
3119On the Intel 960 architecture, the letter must be
3120one of the letters @samp{DFT} (in upper or lower case).
3121
3122On the HPPA architecture, the letter must be @samp{E} (upper case only).
3123@end ifset
3124@ifclear GENERIC
252b5132
RH
3125@ifset ARC
3126One of the letters @samp{DFRS} (in upper or lower case).
3127@end ifset
3128@ifset H8
3129One of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
3130@end ifset
3131@ifset HPPA
3132The letter @samp{E} (upper case only).
3133@end ifset
3134@ifset I960
3135One of the letters @samp{DFT} (in upper or lower case).
3136@end ifset
3137@end ifclear
3138
3139@item
3140An optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
3141
3142@item
3143An optional @dfn{integer part}: zero or more decimal digits.
3144
3145@item
3146An optional @dfn{fractional part}: @samp{.} followed by zero
3147or more decimal digits.
3148
3149@item
3150An optional exponent, consisting of:
3151
3152@itemize @bullet
3153@item
3154An @samp{E} or @samp{e}.
3155@c I can't find a config where "EXP_CHARS" is other than 'eE', but in
3156@c principle this can perfectly well be different on different targets.
3157@item
3158Optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
3159@item
3160One or more decimal digits.
3161@end itemize
3162
3163@end itemize
3164
3165At least one of the integer part or the fractional part must be
3166present. The floating point number has the usual base-10 value.
3167
a4fb0134 3168@command{@value{AS}} does all processing using integers. Flonums are computed
252b5132 3169independently of any floating point hardware in the computer running
a4fb0134 3170@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
3171
3172@ifclear GENERIC
3173@ifset I960
3174@c Bit fields are written as a general facility but are also controlled
3175@c by a conditional-compilation flag---which is as of now (21mar91)
3176@c turned on only by the i960 config of GAS.
3177@node Bit Fields
3178@subsubsection Bit Fields
3179
3180@cindex bit fields
3181@cindex constants, bit field
3182You can also define numeric constants as @dfn{bit fields}.
b45619c0 3183Specify two numbers separated by a colon---
252b5132
RH
3184@example
3185@var{mask}:@var{value}
3186@end example
3187@noindent
a4fb0134 3188@command{@value{AS}} applies a bitwise @sc{and} between @var{mask} and
252b5132
RH
3189@var{value}.
3190
3191The resulting number is then packed
3192@ifset GENERIC
3193@c this conditional paren in case bit fields turned on elsewhere than 960
3194(in host-dependent byte order)
3195@end ifset
3196into a field whose width depends on which assembler directive has the
3197bit-field as its argument. Overflow (a result from the bitwise and
3198requiring more binary digits to represent) is not an error; instead,
3199more constants are generated, of the specified width, beginning with the
3200least significant digits.@refill
3201
3202The directives @code{.byte}, @code{.hword}, @code{.int}, @code{.long},
3203@code{.short}, and @code{.word} accept bit-field arguments.
3204@end ifset
3205@end ifclear
3206
3207@node Sections
3208@chapter Sections and Relocation
3209@cindex sections
3210@cindex relocation
3211
3212@menu
3213* Secs Background:: Background
3214* Ld Sections:: Linker Sections
3215* As Sections:: Assembler Internal Sections
3216* Sub-Sections:: Sub-Sections
3217* bss:: bss Section
3218@end menu
3219
3220@node Secs Background
3221@section Background
3222
3223Roughly, a section is a range of addresses, with no gaps; all data
3224``in'' those addresses is treated the same for some particular purpose.
3225For example there may be a ``read only'' section.
3226
3227@cindex linker, and assembler
3228@cindex assembler, and linker
3229The linker @code{@value{LD}} reads many object files (partial programs) and
a4fb0134 3230combines their contents to form a runnable program. When @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
3231emits an object file, the partial program is assumed to start at address 0.
3232@code{@value{LD}} assigns the final addresses for the partial program, so that
3233different partial programs do not overlap. This is actually an
a4fb0134 3234oversimplification, but it suffices to explain how @command{@value{AS}} uses
252b5132
RH
3235sections.
3236
3237@code{@value{LD}} moves blocks of bytes of your program to their run-time
3238addresses. These blocks slide to their run-time addresses as rigid
3239units; their length does not change and neither does the order of bytes
3240within them. Such a rigid unit is called a @emph{section}. Assigning
3241run-time addresses to sections is called @dfn{relocation}. It includes
3242the task of adjusting mentions of object-file addresses so they refer to
3243the proper run-time addresses.
3244@ifset H8
7be1c489 3245For the H8/300, and for the Renesas / SuperH SH,
a4fb0134 3246@command{@value{AS}} pads sections if needed to
252b5132
RH
3247ensure they end on a word (sixteen bit) boundary.
3248@end ifset
3249
3250@cindex standard assembler sections
a4fb0134 3251An object file written by @command{@value{AS}} has at least three sections, any
252b5132
RH
3252of which may be empty. These are named @dfn{text}, @dfn{data} and
3253@dfn{bss} sections.
3254
c1253627 3255@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 3256@ifset GENERIC
c1253627 3257When it generates COFF or ELF output,
252b5132 3258@end ifset
a4fb0134 3259@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you specify
252b5132
RH
3260using the @samp{.section} directive (@pxref{Section,,@code{.section}}).
3261If you do not use any directives that place output in the @samp{.text}
3262or @samp{.data} sections, these sections still exist, but are empty.
3263@end ifset
3264
3265@ifset HPPA
3266@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 3267When @command{@value{AS}} generates SOM or ELF output for the HPPA,
252b5132 3268@end ifset
a4fb0134 3269@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you
252b5132
RH
3270specify using the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace} directives. See
3271@cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly Language Reference Manual}
3272(HP 92432-90001) for details on the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace}
3273assembler directives.
3274
3275@ifset SOM
a4fb0134 3276Additionally, @command{@value{AS}} uses different names for the standard
252b5132
RH
3277text, data, and bss sections when generating SOM output. Program text
3278is placed into the @samp{$CODE$} section, data into @samp{$DATA$}, and
3279BSS into @samp{$BSS$}.
3280@end ifset
3281@end ifset
3282
3283Within the object file, the text section starts at address @code{0}, the
3284data section follows, and the bss section follows the data section.
3285
3286@ifset HPPA
3287When generating either SOM or ELF output files on the HPPA, the text
3288section starts at address @code{0}, the data section at address
3289@code{0x4000000}, and the bss section follows the data section.
3290@end ifset
3291
3292To let @code{@value{LD}} know which data changes when the sections are
a4fb0134 3293relocated, and how to change that data, @command{@value{AS}} also writes to the
252b5132
RH
3294object file details of the relocation needed. To perform relocation
3295@code{@value{LD}} must know, each time an address in the object
3296file is mentioned:
3297@itemize @bullet
3298@item
3299Where in the object file is the beginning of this reference to
3300an address?
3301@item
3302How long (in bytes) is this reference?
3303@item
3304Which section does the address refer to? What is the numeric value of
3305@display
3306(@var{address}) @minus{} (@var{start-address of section})?
3307@end display
3308@item
3309Is the reference to an address ``Program-Counter relative''?
3310@end itemize
3311
3312@cindex addresses, format of
3313@cindex section-relative addressing
a4fb0134 3314In fact, every address @command{@value{AS}} ever uses is expressed as
252b5132
RH
3315@display
3316(@var{section}) + (@var{offset into section})
3317@end display
3318@noindent
a4fb0134 3319Further, most expressions @command{@value{AS}} computes have this section-relative
252b5132
RH
3320nature.
3321@ifset SOM
3322(For some object formats, such as SOM for the HPPA, some expressions are
3323symbol-relative instead.)
3324@end ifset
3325
3326In this manual we use the notation @{@var{secname} @var{N}@} to mean ``offset
3327@var{N} into section @var{secname}.''
3328
3329Apart from text, data and bss sections you need to know about the
3330@dfn{absolute} section. When @code{@value{LD}} mixes partial programs,
3331addresses in the absolute section remain unchanged. For example, address
3332@code{@{absolute 0@}} is ``relocated'' to run-time address 0 by
3333@code{@value{LD}}. Although the linker never arranges two partial programs'
3334data sections with overlapping addresses after linking, @emph{by definition}
3335their absolute sections must overlap. Address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in one
3336part of a program is always the same address when the program is running as
3337address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in any other part of the program.
3338
3339The idea of sections is extended to the @dfn{undefined} section. Any
3340address whose section is unknown at assembly time is by definition
3341rendered @{undefined @var{U}@}---where @var{U} is filled in later.
3342Since numbers are always defined, the only way to generate an undefined
3343address is to mention an undefined symbol. A reference to a named
3344common block would be such a symbol: its value is unknown at assembly
3345time so it has section @emph{undefined}.
3346
3347By analogy the word @emph{section} is used to describe groups of sections in
3348the linked program. @code{@value{LD}} puts all partial programs' text
3349sections in contiguous addresses in the linked program. It is
3350customary to refer to the @emph{text section} of a program, meaning all
3351the addresses of all partial programs' text sections. Likewise for
3352data and bss sections.
3353
3354Some sections are manipulated by @code{@value{LD}}; others are invented for
a4fb0134 3355use of @command{@value{AS}} and have no meaning except during assembly.
252b5132
RH
3356
3357@node Ld Sections
3358@section Linker Sections
3359@code{@value{LD}} deals with just four kinds of sections, summarized below.
3360
3361@table @strong
3362
c1253627 3363@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3364@cindex named sections
3365@cindex sections, named
3366@item named sections
3367@end ifset
3368@ifset aout-bout
3369@cindex text section
3370@cindex data section
3371@itemx text section
3372@itemx data section
3373@end ifset
a4fb0134 3374These sections hold your program. @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} treat them as
252b5132 3375separate but equal sections. Anything you can say of one section is
c1253627
NC
3376true of another.
3377@c @ifset aout-bout
252b5132
RH
3378When the program is running, however, it is
3379customary for the text section to be unalterable. The
3380text section is often shared among processes: it contains
3381instructions, constants and the like. The data section of a running
3382program is usually alterable: for example, C variables would be stored
3383in the data section.
c1253627 3384@c @end ifset
252b5132
RH
3385
3386@cindex bss section
3387@item bss section
3388This section contains zeroed bytes when your program begins running. It
a349d9dd 3389is used to hold uninitialized variables or common storage. The length of
252b5132
RH
3390each partial program's bss section is important, but because it starts
3391out containing zeroed bytes there is no need to store explicit zero
3392bytes in the object file. The bss section was invented to eliminate
3393those explicit zeros from object files.
3394
3395@cindex absolute section
3396@item absolute section
3397Address 0 of this section is always ``relocated'' to runtime address 0.
3398This is useful if you want to refer to an address that @code{@value{LD}} must
3399not change when relocating. In this sense we speak of absolute
3400addresses being ``unrelocatable'': they do not change during relocation.
3401
3402@cindex undefined section
3403@item undefined section
3404This ``section'' is a catch-all for address references to objects not in
3405the preceding sections.
3406@c FIXME: ref to some other doc on obj-file formats could go here.
3407@end table
3408
3409@cindex relocation example
3410An idealized example of three relocatable sections follows.
c1253627 3411@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3412The example uses the traditional section names @samp{.text} and @samp{.data}.
3413@end ifset
3414Memory addresses are on the horizontal axis.
3415
3416@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3417@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3418@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3419@smallexample
3420 +-----+----+--+
3421partial program # 1: |ttttt|dddd|00|
3422 +-----+----+--+
3423
3424 text data bss
3425 seg. seg. seg.
3426
3427 +---+---+---+
3428partial program # 2: |TTT|DDD|000|
3429 +---+---+---+
3430
3431 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3432linked program: | |TTT|ttttt| |dddd|DDD|00000|
3433 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3434
3435 addresses: 0 @dots{}
3436@end smallexample
3437@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3438@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3439@need 5000
3440@tex
c1253627 3441\bigskip
252b5132
RH
3442\line{\it Partial program \#1: \hfil}
3443\line{\ibox{2.5cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3444\line{\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt ttttt}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 00}\hfil}
3445
3446\line{\it Partial program \#2: \hfil}
3447\line{\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{1.5cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3448\line{\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt DDDD}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 000}\hfil}
3449
3450\line{\it linked program: \hfil}
3451\line{\ibox{.5cm}{}\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2.5cm}{}\ibox{.75cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1.5cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3452\line{\boxit{.5cm}{}\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt
3453ttttt}\boxit{.75cm}{}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt
3454DDDD}\boxit{2cm}{\tt 00000}\ \dots\hfil}
3455
3456\line{\it addresses: \hfil}
3457\line{0\dots\hfil}
3458
3459@end tex
3460@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3461
3462@node As Sections
3463@section Assembler Internal Sections
3464
3465@cindex internal assembler sections
3466@cindex sections in messages, internal
a4fb0134 3467These sections are meant only for the internal use of @command{@value{AS}}. They
252b5132 3468have no meaning at run-time. You do not really need to know about these
a4fb0134 3469sections for most purposes; but they can be mentioned in @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132 3470warning messages, so it might be helpful to have an idea of their
a4fb0134 3471meanings to @command{@value{AS}}. These sections are used to permit the
252b5132
RH
3472value of every expression in your assembly language program to be a
3473section-relative address.
3474
3475@table @b
3476@cindex assembler internal logic error
3477@item ASSEMBLER-INTERNAL-LOGIC-ERROR!
3478An internal assembler logic error has been found. This means there is a
3479bug in the assembler.
3480
3481@cindex expr (internal section)
3482@item expr section
3483The assembler stores complex expression internally as combinations of
3484symbols. When it needs to represent an expression as a symbol, it puts
3485it in the expr section.
3486@c FIXME item debug
3487@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector preload
3488@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector postload
3489@c FIXME item register
3490@end table
3491
3492@node Sub-Sections
3493@section Sub-Sections
3494
3495@cindex numbered subsections
3496@cindex grouping data
3497@ifset aout-bout
3498Assembled bytes
c1253627 3499@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3500conventionally
3501@end ifset
3502fall into two sections: text and data.
3503@end ifset
3504You may have separate groups of
3505@ifset GENERIC
3506data in named sections
3507@end ifset
3508@ifclear GENERIC
3509@ifclear aout-bout
3510data in named sections
3511@end ifclear
3512@ifset aout-bout
3513text or data
3514@end ifset
3515@end ifclear
3516that you want to end up near to each other in the object file, even though they
a4fb0134 3517are not contiguous in the assembler source. @command{@value{AS}} allows you to
252b5132
RH
3518use @dfn{subsections} for this purpose. Within each section, there can be
3519numbered subsections with values from 0 to 8192. Objects assembled into the
3520same subsection go into the object file together with other objects in the same
3521subsection. For example, a compiler might want to store constants in the text
3522section, but might not want to have them interspersed with the program being
3523assembled. In this case, the compiler could issue a @samp{.text 0} before each
3524section of code being output, and a @samp{.text 1} before each group of
3525constants being output.
3526
3527Subsections are optional. If you do not use subsections, everything
3528goes in subsection number zero.
3529
3530@ifset GENERIC
3531Each subsection is zero-padded up to a multiple of four bytes.
3532(Subsections may be padded a different amount on different flavors
a4fb0134 3533of @command{@value{AS}}.)
252b5132
RH
3534@end ifset
3535@ifclear GENERIC
3536@ifset H8
7be1c489 3537On the H8/300 platform, each subsection is zero-padded to a word
252b5132 3538boundary (two bytes).
c2dcd04e 3539The same is true on the Renesas SH.
252b5132
RH
3540@end ifset
3541@ifset I960
3542@c FIXME section padding (alignment)?
3543@c Rich Pixley says padding here depends on target obj code format; that
3544@c doesn't seem particularly useful to say without further elaboration,
3545@c so for now I say nothing about it. If this is a generic BFD issue,
3546@c these paragraphs might need to vanish from this manual, and be
3547@c discussed in BFD chapter of binutils (or some such).
3548@end ifset
252b5132
RH
3549@end ifclear
3550
3551Subsections appear in your object file in numeric order, lowest numbered
3552to highest. (All this to be compatible with other people's assemblers.)
3553The object file contains no representation of subsections; @code{@value{LD}} and
3554other programs that manipulate object files see no trace of them.
3555They just see all your text subsections as a text section, and all your
3556data subsections as a data section.
3557
3558To specify which subsection you want subsequent statements assembled
3559into, use a numeric argument to specify it, in a @samp{.text
3560@var{expression}} or a @samp{.data @var{expression}} statement.
ed9589d4 3561@ifset COFF
252b5132 3562@ifset GENERIC
ed9589d4 3563When generating COFF output, you
252b5132
RH
3564@end ifset
3565@ifclear GENERIC
3566You
3567@end ifclear
3568can also use an extra subsection
3569argument with arbitrary named sections: @samp{.section @var{name},
3570@var{expression}}.
3571@end ifset
ed9589d4
BW
3572@ifset ELF
3573@ifset GENERIC
3574When generating ELF output, you
3575@end ifset
3576@ifclear GENERIC
3577You
3578@end ifclear
3579can also use the @code{.subsection} directive (@pxref{SubSection})
3580to specify a subsection: @samp{.subsection @var{expression}}.
3581@end ifset
96e9638b
BW
3582@var{Expression} should be an absolute expression
3583(@pxref{Expressions}). If you just say @samp{.text} then @samp{.text 0}
252b5132
RH
3584is assumed. Likewise @samp{.data} means @samp{.data 0}. Assembly
3585begins in @code{text 0}. For instance:
3586@smallexample
3587.text 0 # The default subsection is text 0 anyway.
3588.ascii "This lives in the first text subsection. *"
3589.text 1
3590.ascii "But this lives in the second text subsection."
3591.data 0
3592.ascii "This lives in the data section,"
3593.ascii "in the first data subsection."
3594.text 0
3595.ascii "This lives in the first text section,"
3596.ascii "immediately following the asterisk (*)."
3597@end smallexample
3598
3599Each section has a @dfn{location counter} incremented by one for every byte
3600assembled into that section. Because subsections are merely a convenience
a4fb0134 3601restricted to @command{@value{AS}} there is no concept of a subsection location
252b5132
RH
3602counter. There is no way to directly manipulate a location counter---but the
3603@code{.align} directive changes it, and any label definition captures its
3604current value. The location counter of the section where statements are being
3605assembled is said to be the @dfn{active} location counter.
3606
3607@node bss
3608@section bss Section
3609
3610@cindex bss section
3611@cindex common variable storage
3612The bss section is used for local common variable storage.
3613You may allocate address space in the bss section, but you may
3614not dictate data to load into it before your program executes. When
3615your program starts running, all the contents of the bss
3616section are zeroed bytes.
3617
3618The @code{.lcomm} pseudo-op defines a symbol in the bss section; see
3619@ref{Lcomm,,@code{.lcomm}}.
3620
3621The @code{.comm} pseudo-op may be used to declare a common symbol, which is
96e9638b 3622another form of uninitialized symbol; see @ref{Comm,,@code{.comm}}.
252b5132
RH
3623
3624@ifset GENERIC
3625When assembling for a target which supports multiple sections, such as ELF or
3626COFF, you may switch into the @code{.bss} section and define symbols as usual;
3627see @ref{Section,,@code{.section}}. You may only assemble zero values into the
3628section. Typically the section will only contain symbol definitions and
3629@code{.skip} directives (@pxref{Skip,,@code{.skip}}).
3630@end ifset
3631
3632@node Symbols
3633@chapter Symbols
3634
3635@cindex symbols
3636Symbols are a central concept: the programmer uses symbols to name
3637things, the linker uses symbols to link, and the debugger uses symbols
3638to debug.
3639
3640@quotation
3641@cindex debuggers, and symbol order
a4fb0134 3642@emph{Warning:} @command{@value{AS}} does not place symbols in the object file in
252b5132
RH
3643the same order they were declared. This may break some debuggers.
3644@end quotation
3645
3646@menu
3647* Labels:: Labels
3648* Setting Symbols:: Giving Symbols Other Values
3649* Symbol Names:: Symbol Names
3650* Dot:: The Special Dot Symbol
3651* Symbol Attributes:: Symbol Attributes
3652@end menu
3653
3654@node Labels
3655@section Labels
3656
3657@cindex labels
3658A @dfn{label} is written as a symbol immediately followed by a colon
3659@samp{:}. The symbol then represents the current value of the
3660active location counter, and is, for example, a suitable instruction
3661operand. You are warned if you use the same symbol to represent two
3662different locations: the first definition overrides any other
3663definitions.
3664
3665@ifset HPPA
3666On the HPPA, the usual form for a label need not be immediately followed by a
3667colon, but instead must start in column zero. Only one label may be defined on
a4fb0134 3668a single line. To work around this, the HPPA version of @command{@value{AS}} also
252b5132
RH
3669provides a special directive @code{.label} for defining labels more flexibly.
3670@end ifset
3671
3672@node Setting Symbols
3673@section Giving Symbols Other Values
3674
3675@cindex assigning values to symbols
3676@cindex symbol values, assigning
3677A symbol can be given an arbitrary value by writing a symbol, followed
3678by an equals sign @samp{=}, followed by an expression
3679(@pxref{Expressions}). This is equivalent to using the @code{.set}
9497f5ac
NC
3680directive. @xref{Set,,@code{.set}}. In the same way, using a double
3681equals sign @samp{=}@samp{=} here represents an equivalent of the
3682@code{.eqv} directive. @xref{Eqv,,@code{.eqv}}.
252b5132 3683
f8739b83
JZ
3684@ifset Blackfin
3685Blackfin does not support symbol assignment with @samp{=}.
3686@end ifset
3687
252b5132
RH
3688@node Symbol Names
3689@section Symbol Names
3690
3691@cindex symbol names
3692@cindex names, symbol
3693@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
3694Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On most
3695machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions are
3696noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}. That character may be followed by any
96e9638b
BW
3697string of digits, letters, dollar signs (unless otherwise noted for a
3698particular target machine), and underscores.
252b5132 3699@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3700@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
3701@ifset H8
3702Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On the
7be1c489 3703Renesas SH you can also use @code{$} in symbol names. That
c2dcd04e
NC
3704character may be followed by any string of digits, letters, dollar signs (save
3705on the H8/300), and underscores.
252b5132
RH
3706@end ifset
3707@end ifset
3708
3709Case of letters is significant: @code{foo} is a different symbol name
3710than @code{Foo}.
3711
ed1fcdd1
NC
3712Symbol names do not start with a digit. An exception to this rule is made for
3713Local Labels. See below.
3714
7bfd842d
NC
3715Multibyte characters are supported. To generate a symbol name containing
3716multibyte characters enclose it within double quotes and use escape codes. cf
3717@xref{Strings}. Generating a multibyte symbol name from a label is not
3718currently supported.
3719
252b5132
RH
3720Each symbol has exactly one name. Each name in an assembly language program
3721refers to exactly one symbol. You may use that symbol name any number of times
3722in a program.
3723
3724@subheading Local Symbol Names
3725
3726@cindex local symbol names
3727@cindex symbol names, local
ba83aca1
BW
3728A local symbol is any symbol beginning with certain local label prefixes.
3729By default, the local label prefix is @samp{.L} for ELF systems or
3730@samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, but each target may have its own
3731set of local label prefixes.
3732@ifset HPPA
3733On the HPPA local symbols begin with @samp{L$}.
3734@end ifset
3735
3736Local symbols are defined and used within the assembler, but they are
3737normally not saved in object files. Thus, they are not visible when debugging.
5c9352f3
AM
3738You may use the @samp{-L} option (@pxref{L, ,Include Local Symbols})
3739to retain the local symbols in the object files.
ba83aca1
BW
3740
3741@subheading Local Labels
3742
3743@cindex local labels
252b5132
RH
3744@cindex temporary symbol names
3745@cindex symbol names, temporary
ed1fcdd1
NC
3746Local labels are different from local symbols. Local labels help compilers and
3747programmers use names temporarily. They create symbols which are guaranteed to
3748be unique over the entire scope of the input source code and which can be
3749referred to by a simple notation. To define a local label, write a label of
9791c250
AM
3750the form @samp{@b{N}:} (where @b{N} represents any non-negative integer).
3751To refer to the most recent previous definition of that label write
3752@samp{@b{N}b}, using the same number as when you defined the label. To refer
3753to the next definition of a local label, write @samp{@b{N}f}. The @samp{b}
3754stands for ``backwards'' and the @samp{f} stands for ``forwards''.
2d5aaba0
NC
3755
3756There is no restriction on how you can use these labels, and you can reuse them
3757too. So that it is possible to repeatedly define the same local label (using
3758the same number @samp{@b{N}}), although you can only refer to the most recently
3759defined local label of that number (for a backwards reference) or the next
3760definition of a specific local label for a forward reference. It is also worth
3761noting that the first 10 local labels (@samp{@b{0:}}@dots{}@samp{@b{9:}}) are
3762implemented in a slightly more efficient manner than the others.
3763
3764Here is an example:
3765
3766@smallexample
37671: branch 1f
37682: branch 1b
37691: branch 2f
37702: branch 1b
3771@end smallexample
3772
3773Which is the equivalent of:
3774
3775@smallexample
3776label_1: branch label_3
3777label_2: branch label_1
3778label_3: branch label_4
3779label_4: branch label_3
3780@end smallexample
3781
ba83aca1 3782Local label names are only a notational device. They are immediately
2d5aaba0 3783transformed into more conventional symbol names before the assembler uses them.
96e9638b
BW
3784The symbol names are stored in the symbol table, appear in error messages, and
3785are optionally emitted to the object file. The names are constructed using
3786these parts:
252b5132
RH
3787
3788@table @code
ba83aca1
BW
3789@item @emph{local label prefix}
3790All local symbols begin with the system-specific local label prefix.
3791Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} forget symbols
3792that start with the local label prefix. These labels are
252b5132 3793used for symbols you are never intended to see. If you use the
a4fb0134 3794@samp{-L} option then @command{@value{AS}} retains these symbols in the
252b5132
RH
3795object file. If you also instruct @code{@value{LD}} to retain these symbols,
3796you may use them in debugging.
3797
2d5aaba0
NC
3798@item @var{number}
3799This is the number that was used in the local label definition. So if the
01642c12 3800label is written @samp{55:} then the number is @samp{55}.
252b5132 3801
2d5aaba0
NC
3802@item @kbd{C-B}
3803This unusual character is included so you do not accidentally invent a symbol
3804of the same name. The character has ASCII value of @samp{\002} (control-B).
252b5132
RH
3805
3806@item @emph{ordinal number}
2d5aaba0 3807This is a serial number to keep the labels distinct. The first definition of
01642c12 3808@samp{0:} gets the number @samp{1}. The 15th definition of @samp{0:} gets the
2d5aaba0 3809number @samp{15}, and so on. Likewise the first definition of @samp{1:} gets
b45619c0 3810the number @samp{1} and its 15th definition gets @samp{15} as well.
252b5132
RH
3811@end table
3812
ba83aca1
BW
3813So for example, the first @code{1:} may be named @code{.L1@kbd{C-B}1}, and
3814the 44th @code{3:} may be named @code{.L3@kbd{C-B}44}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3815
3816@subheading Dollar Local Labels
3817@cindex dollar local symbols
3818
ed1fcdd1
NC
3819On some targets @code{@value{AS}} also supports an even more local form of
3820local labels called dollar labels. These labels go out of scope (i.e., they
3821become undefined) as soon as a non-local label is defined. Thus they remain
3822valid for only a small region of the input source code. Normal local labels,
3823by contrast, remain in scope for the entire file, or until they are redefined
3824by another occurrence of the same local label.
2d5aaba0
NC
3825
3826Dollar labels are defined in exactly the same way as ordinary local labels,
77cca80f
NC
3827except that they have a dollar sign suffix to their numeric value, e.g.,
3828@samp{@b{55$:}}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3829
3830They can also be distinguished from ordinary local labels by their transformed
96e9638b
BW
3831names which use ASCII character @samp{\001} (control-A) as the magic character
3832to distinguish them from ordinary labels. For example, the fifth definition of
ba83aca1 3833@samp{6$} may be named @samp{.L6@kbd{C-A}5}.
252b5132
RH
3834
3835@node Dot
3836@section The Special Dot Symbol
3837
3838@cindex dot (symbol)
3839@cindex @code{.} (symbol)
3840@cindex current address
3841@cindex location counter
3842The special symbol @samp{.} refers to the current address that
a4fb0134 3843@command{@value{AS}} is assembling into. Thus, the expression @samp{melvin:
252b5132
RH
3844.long .} defines @code{melvin} to contain its own address.
3845Assigning a value to @code{.} is treated the same as a @code{.org}
884f0d36 3846directive.
252b5132 3847@ifclear no-space-dir
884f0d36 3848Thus, the expression @samp{.=.+4} is the same as saying
252b5132
RH
3849@samp{.space 4}.
3850@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3851
3852@node Symbol Attributes
3853@section Symbol Attributes
3854
3855@cindex symbol attributes
3856@cindex attributes, symbol
3857Every symbol has, as well as its name, the attributes ``Value'' and
3858``Type''. Depending on output format, symbols can also have auxiliary
3859attributes.
3860@ifset INTERNALS
3861The detailed definitions are in @file{a.out.h}.
3862@end ifset
3863
a4fb0134 3864If you use a symbol without defining it, @command{@value{AS}} assumes zero for
252b5132
RH
3865all these attributes, and probably won't warn you. This makes the
3866symbol an externally defined symbol, which is generally what you
3867would want.
3868
3869@menu
3870* Symbol Value:: Value
3871* Symbol Type:: Type
3872@ifset aout-bout
3873@ifset GENERIC
3874* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3875@end ifset
3876@ifclear GENERIC
3877@ifclear BOUT
3878* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3879@end ifclear
3880@ifset BOUT
3881* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}, @code{b.out}
3882@end ifset
3883@end ifclear
3884@end ifset
3885@ifset COFF
3886* COFF Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for COFF
3887@end ifset
3888@ifset SOM
3889* SOM Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for SOM
3890@end ifset
3891@end menu
3892
3893@node Symbol Value
3894@subsection Value
3895
3896@cindex value of a symbol
3897@cindex symbol value
3898The value of a symbol is (usually) 32 bits. For a symbol which labels a
3899location in the text, data, bss or absolute sections the value is the
3900number of addresses from the start of that section to the label.
3901Naturally for text, data and bss sections the value of a symbol changes
3902as @code{@value{LD}} changes section base addresses during linking. Absolute
3903symbols' values do not change during linking: that is why they are
3904called absolute.
3905
3906The value of an undefined symbol is treated in a special way. If it is
39070 then the symbol is not defined in this assembler source file, and
3908@code{@value{LD}} tries to determine its value from other files linked into the
3909same program. You make this kind of symbol simply by mentioning a symbol
3910name without defining it. A non-zero value represents a @code{.comm}
3911common declaration. The value is how much common storage to reserve, in
3912bytes (addresses). The symbol refers to the first address of the
3913allocated storage.
3914
3915@node Symbol Type
3916@subsection Type
3917
3918@cindex type of a symbol
3919@cindex symbol type
3920The type attribute of a symbol contains relocation (section)
3921information, any flag settings indicating that a symbol is external, and
3922(optionally), other information for linkers and debuggers. The exact
3923format depends on the object-code output format in use.
3924
3925@ifset aout-bout
3926@ifclear GENERIC
3927@ifset BOUT
3928@c The following avoids a "widow" subsection title. @group would be
3929@c better if it were available outside examples.
3930@need 1000
3931@node a.out Symbols
3932@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}, @code{b.out}
3933
3934@cindex @code{b.out} symbol attributes
3935@cindex symbol attributes, @code{b.out}
a4fb0134 3936These symbol attributes appear only when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for
252b5132
RH
3937one of the Berkeley-descended object output formats---@code{a.out} or
3938@code{b.out}.
3939
3940@end ifset
3941@ifclear BOUT
3942@node a.out Symbols
3943@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3944
3945@cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
3946@cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
3947
3948@end ifclear
3949@end ifclear
3950@ifset GENERIC
3951@node a.out Symbols
3952@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3953
3954@cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
3955@cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
3956
3957@end ifset
3958@menu
3959* Symbol Desc:: Descriptor
3960* Symbol Other:: Other
3961@end menu
3962
3963@node Symbol Desc
3964@subsubsection Descriptor
3965
3966@cindex descriptor, of @code{a.out} symbol
3967This is an arbitrary 16-bit value. You may establish a symbol's
3968descriptor value by using a @code{.desc} statement
3969(@pxref{Desc,,@code{.desc}}). A descriptor value means nothing to
a4fb0134 3970@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
3971
3972@node Symbol Other
3973@subsubsection Other
3974
3975@cindex other attribute, of @code{a.out} symbol
a4fb0134 3976This is an arbitrary 8-bit value. It means nothing to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
3977@end ifset
3978
3979@ifset COFF
3980@node COFF Symbols
3981@subsection Symbol Attributes for COFF
3982
3983@cindex COFF symbol attributes
3984@cindex symbol attributes, COFF
3985
3986The COFF format supports a multitude of auxiliary symbol attributes;
3987like the primary symbol attributes, they are set between @code{.def} and
3988@code{.endef} directives.
3989
3990@subsubsection Primary Attributes
3991
3992@cindex primary attributes, COFF symbols
3993The symbol name is set with @code{.def}; the value and type,
3994respectively, with @code{.val} and @code{.type}.
3995
3996@subsubsection Auxiliary Attributes
3997
3998@cindex auxiliary attributes, COFF symbols
a4fb0134 3999The @command{@value{AS}} directives @code{.dim}, @code{.line}, @code{.scl},
c87db184
CF
4000@code{.size}, @code{.tag}, and @code{.weak} can generate auxiliary symbol
4001table information for COFF.
252b5132
RH
4002@end ifset
4003
4004@ifset SOM
4005@node SOM Symbols
4006@subsection Symbol Attributes for SOM
4007
4008@cindex SOM symbol attributes
4009@cindex symbol attributes, SOM
4010
4011The SOM format for the HPPA supports a multitude of symbol attributes set with
4012the @code{.EXPORT} and @code{.IMPORT} directives.
4013
01642c12 4014The attributes are described in @cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly
252b5132
RH
4015Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) under the @code{IMPORT} and
4016@code{EXPORT} assembler directive documentation.
4017@end ifset
4018
4019@node Expressions
4020@chapter Expressions
4021
4022@cindex expressions
4023@cindex addresses
4024@cindex numeric values
4025An @dfn{expression} specifies an address or numeric value.
4026Whitespace may precede and/or follow an expression.
4027
4028The result of an expression must be an absolute number, or else an offset into
4029a particular section. If an expression is not absolute, and there is not
a4fb0134 4030enough information when @command{@value{AS}} sees the expression to know its
252b5132
RH
4031section, a second pass over the source program might be necessary to interpret
4032the expression---but the second pass is currently not implemented.
a4fb0134 4033@command{@value{AS}} aborts with an error message in this situation.
252b5132
RH
4034
4035@menu
4036* Empty Exprs:: Empty Expressions
4037* Integer Exprs:: Integer Expressions
4038@end menu
4039
4040@node Empty Exprs
4041@section Empty Expressions
4042
4043@cindex empty expressions
4044@cindex expressions, empty
4045An empty expression has no value: it is just whitespace or null.
4046Wherever an absolute expression is required, you may omit the
a4fb0134 4047expression, and @command{@value{AS}} assumes a value of (absolute) 0. This
252b5132
RH
4048is compatible with other assemblers.
4049
4050@node Integer Exprs
4051@section Integer Expressions
4052
4053@cindex integer expressions
4054@cindex expressions, integer
4055An @dfn{integer expression} is one or more @emph{arguments} delimited
4056by @emph{operators}.
4057
4058@menu
4059* Arguments:: Arguments
4060* Operators:: Operators
4061* Prefix Ops:: Prefix Operators
4062* Infix Ops:: Infix Operators
4063@end menu
4064
4065@node Arguments
4066@subsection Arguments
4067
4068@cindex expression arguments
4069@cindex arguments in expressions
4070@cindex operands in expressions
4071@cindex arithmetic operands
4072@dfn{Arguments} are symbols, numbers or subexpressions. In other
4073contexts arguments are sometimes called ``arithmetic operands''. In
4074this manual, to avoid confusing them with the ``instruction operands'' of
4075the machine language, we use the term ``argument'' to refer to parts of
4076expressions only, reserving the word ``operand'' to refer only to machine
4077instruction operands.
4078
4079Symbols are evaluated to yield @{@var{section} @var{NNN}@} where
4080@var{section} is one of text, data, bss, absolute,
4081or undefined. @var{NNN} is a signed, 2's complement 32 bit
4082integer.
4083
4084Numbers are usually integers.
4085
4086A number can be a flonum or bignum. In this case, you are warned
a4fb0134 4087that only the low order 32 bits are used, and @command{@value{AS}} pretends
252b5132
RH
4088these 32 bits are an integer. You may write integer-manipulating
4089instructions that act on exotic constants, compatible with other
4090assemblers.
4091
4092@cindex subexpressions
4093Subexpressions are a left parenthesis @samp{(} followed by an integer
4094expression, followed by a right parenthesis @samp{)}; or a prefix
4095operator followed by an argument.
4096
4097@node Operators
4098@subsection Operators
4099
4100@cindex operators, in expressions
4101@cindex arithmetic functions
4102@cindex functions, in expressions
4103@dfn{Operators} are arithmetic functions, like @code{+} or @code{%}. Prefix
4104operators are followed by an argument. Infix operators appear
4105between their arguments. Operators may be preceded and/or followed by
4106whitespace.
4107
4108@node Prefix Ops
4109@subsection Prefix Operator
4110
4111@cindex prefix operators
a4fb0134 4112@command{@value{AS}} has the following @dfn{prefix operators}. They each take
252b5132
RH
4113one argument, which must be absolute.
4114
4115@c the tex/end tex stuff surrounding this small table is meant to make
4116@c it align, on the printed page, with the similar table in the next
4117@c section (which is inside an enumerate).
4118@tex
4119\global\advance\leftskip by \itemindent
4120@end tex
4121
4122@table @code
4123@item -
4124@dfn{Negation}. Two's complement negation.
4125@item ~
4126@dfn{Complementation}. Bitwise not.
4127@end table
4128
4129@tex
4130\global\advance\leftskip by -\itemindent
4131@end tex
4132
4133@node Infix Ops
4134@subsection Infix Operators
4135
4136@cindex infix operators
4137@cindex operators, permitted arguments
4138@dfn{Infix operators} take two arguments, one on either side. Operators
4139have precedence, but operations with equal precedence are performed left
a4fb0134 4140to right. Apart from @code{+} or @option{-}, both arguments must be
252b5132
RH
4141absolute, and the result is absolute.
4142
4143@enumerate
4144@cindex operator precedence
4145@cindex precedence of operators
4146
4147@item
4148Highest Precedence
4149
4150@table @code
4151@item *
4152@dfn{Multiplication}.
4153
4154@item /
4155@dfn{Division}. Truncation is the same as the C operator @samp{/}
4156
4157@item %
4158@dfn{Remainder}.
4159
d1eac9d9 4160@item <<
252b5132
RH
4161@dfn{Shift Left}. Same as the C operator @samp{<<}.
4162
d1eac9d9 4163@item >>
252b5132
RH
4164@dfn{Shift Right}. Same as the C operator @samp{>>}.
4165@end table
4166
4167@item
4168Intermediate precedence
4169
4170@table @code
4171@item |
4172
4173@dfn{Bitwise Inclusive Or}.
4174
4175@item &
4176@dfn{Bitwise And}.
4177
4178@item ^
4179@dfn{Bitwise Exclusive Or}.
4180
4181@item !
4182@dfn{Bitwise Or Not}.
4183@end table
4184
4185@item
b131d4dc 4186Low Precedence
252b5132
RH
4187
4188@table @code
4189@cindex addition, permitted arguments
4190@cindex plus, permitted arguments
4191@cindex arguments for addition
4192@item +
4193@dfn{Addition}. If either argument is absolute, the result has the section of
4194the other argument. You may not add together arguments from different
4195sections.
4196
4197@cindex subtraction, permitted arguments
4198@cindex minus, permitted arguments
4199@cindex arguments for subtraction
4200@item -
4201@dfn{Subtraction}. If the right argument is absolute, the
4202result has the section of the left argument.
4203If both arguments are in the same section, the result is absolute.
4204You may not subtract arguments from different sections.
4205@c FIXME is there still something useful to say about undefined - undefined ?
b131d4dc
NC
4206
4207@cindex comparison expressions
4208@cindex expressions, comparison
4209@item ==
4210@dfn{Is Equal To}
4211@item <>
723a8472 4212@itemx !=
b131d4dc
NC
4213@dfn{Is Not Equal To}
4214@item <
4215@dfn{Is Less Than}
d1eac9d9 4216@item >
b131d4dc 4217@dfn{Is Greater Than}
d1eac9d9 4218@item >=
b131d4dc 4219@dfn{Is Greater Than Or Equal To}
d1eac9d9 4220@item <=
b131d4dc
NC
4221@dfn{Is Less Than Or Equal To}
4222
4223The comparison operators can be used as infix operators. A true results has a
4224value of -1 whereas a false result has a value of 0. Note, these operators
4225perform signed comparisons.
4226@end table
4227
4228@item Lowest Precedence
4229
4230@table @code
4231@item &&
4232@dfn{Logical And}.
4233
4234@item ||
4235@dfn{Logical Or}.
4236
4237These two logical operations can be used to combine the results of sub
4238expressions. Note, unlike the comparison operators a true result returns a
4239value of 1 but a false results does still return 0. Also note that the logical
4240or operator has a slightly lower precedence than logical and.
4241
252b5132
RH
4242@end table
4243@end enumerate
4244
4245In short, it's only meaningful to add or subtract the @emph{offsets} in an
4246address; you can only have a defined section in one of the two arguments.
4247
4248@node Pseudo Ops
4249@chapter Assembler Directives
4250
4251@cindex directives, machine independent
4252@cindex pseudo-ops, machine independent
4253@cindex machine independent directives
4254All assembler directives have names that begin with a period (@samp{.}).
7e302352
RS
4255The names are case insensitive for most targets, and usually written
4256in lower case.
252b5132
RH
4257
4258This chapter discusses directives that are available regardless of the
4259target machine configuration for the @sc{gnu} assembler.
4260@ifset GENERIC
4261Some machine configurations provide additional directives.
4262@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
4263@end ifset
4264@ifclear GENERIC
4265@ifset machine-directives
96e9638b 4266@xref{Machine Dependencies}, for additional directives.
252b5132
RH
4267@end ifset
4268@end ifclear
4269
4270@menu
4271* Abort:: @code{.abort}
4272@ifset COFF
38a57ae7 4273* ABORT (COFF):: @code{.ABORT}
252b5132 4274@end ifset
f0dc282c 4275
252b5132 4276* Align:: @code{.align @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
caa32fe5 4277* Altmacro:: @code{.altmacro}
252b5132
RH
4278* Ascii:: @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4279* Asciz:: @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4280* Balign:: @code{.balign @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
d3b47e2b 4281* Bundle directives:: @code{.bundle_align_mode @var{abs-expr}}, etc
252b5132 4282* Byte:: @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4b7d318b 4283* CFI directives:: @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}, @code{.cfi_endproc}, etc.
ccf8a69b 4284* Comm:: @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
252b5132
RH
4285* Data:: @code{.data @var{subsection}}
4286@ifset COFF
4287* Def:: @code{.def @var{name}}
4288@end ifset
4289@ifset aout-bout
4290* Desc:: @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
4291@end ifset
4292@ifset COFF
4293* Dim:: @code{.dim}
4294@end ifset
f0dc282c 4295
252b5132
RH
4296* Double:: @code{.double @var{flonums}}
4297* Eject:: @code{.eject}
4298* Else:: @code{.else}
3fd9f047 4299* Elseif:: @code{.elseif}
252b5132
RH
4300* End:: @code{.end}
4301@ifset COFF
4302* Endef:: @code{.endef}
4303@end ifset
f0dc282c 4304
252b5132
RH
4305* Endfunc:: @code{.endfunc}
4306* Endif:: @code{.endif}
4307* Equ:: @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4308* Equiv:: @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
9497f5ac 4309* Eqv:: @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
252b5132 4310* Err:: @code{.err}
d190d046 4311* Error:: @code{.error @var{string}}
252b5132
RH
4312* Exitm:: @code{.exitm}
4313* Extern:: @code{.extern}
4314* Fail:: @code{.fail}
14082c76 4315* File:: @code{.file}
252b5132
RH
4316* Fill:: @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
4317* Float:: @code{.float @var{flonums}}
01642c12 4318* Func:: @code{.func}
252b5132 4319* Global:: @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
c91d2e08 4320@ifset ELF
3a99f02f 4321* Gnu_attribute:: @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
c91d2e08
NC
4322* Hidden:: @code{.hidden @var{names}}
4323@end ifset
f0dc282c 4324
252b5132
RH
4325* hword:: @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
4326* Ident:: @code{.ident}
4327* If:: @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
7e005732 4328* Incbin:: @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
252b5132
RH
4329* Include:: @code{.include "@var{file}"}
4330* Int:: @code{.int @var{expressions}}
c91d2e08
NC
4331@ifset ELF
4332* Internal:: @code{.internal @var{names}}
4333@end ifset
f0dc282c 4334
252b5132
RH
4335* Irp:: @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4336* Irpc:: @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4337* Lcomm:: @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
4338* Lflags:: @code{.lflags}
4339@ifclear no-line-dir
4340* Line:: @code{.line @var{line-number}}
4341@end ifclear
f0dc282c 4342
252b5132
RH
4343* Linkonce:: @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
4344* List:: @code{.list}
bd0eb99b 4345* Ln:: @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
14082c76
BW
4346* Loc:: @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno}}
4347* Loc_mark_labels:: @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
4d4175af
BW
4348@ifset ELF
4349* Local:: @code{.local @var{names}}
4350@end ifset
bd0eb99b 4351
252b5132
RH
4352* Long:: @code{.long @var{expressions}}
4353@ignore
4354* Lsym:: @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4355@end ignore
f0dc282c 4356
252b5132
RH
4357* Macro:: @code{.macro @var{name} @var{args}}@dots{}
4358* MRI:: @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 4359* Noaltmacro:: @code{.noaltmacro}
252b5132
RH
4360* Nolist:: @code{.nolist}
4361* Octa:: @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
9aec2026 4362* Offset:: @code{.offset @var{loc}}
85234291
L
4363* Org:: @code{.org @var{new-lc}, @var{fill}}
4364* P2align:: @code{.p2align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
c91d2e08
NC
4365@ifset ELF
4366* PopSection:: @code{.popsection}
4367* Previous:: @code{.previous}
4368@end ifset
f0dc282c 4369
252b5132 4370* Print:: @code{.print @var{string}}
c91d2e08
NC
4371@ifset ELF
4372* Protected:: @code{.protected @var{names}}
4373@end ifset
f0dc282c 4374
252b5132
RH
4375* Psize:: @code{.psize @var{lines}, @var{columns}}
4376* Purgem:: @code{.purgem @var{name}}
c91d2e08
NC
4377@ifset ELF
4378* PushSection:: @code{.pushsection @var{name}}
4379@end ifset
f0dc282c 4380
252b5132 4381* Quad:: @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
05e9452c 4382* Reloc:: @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
252b5132
RH
4383* Rept:: @code{.rept @var{count}}
4384* Sbttl:: @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
4385@ifset COFF
4386* Scl:: @code{.scl @var{class}}
c1253627
NC
4387@end ifset
4388@ifset COFF-ELF
7337fc21 4389* Section:: @code{.section @var{name}[, @var{flags}]}
252b5132 4390@end ifset
f0dc282c 4391
252b5132
RH
4392* Set:: @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4393* Short:: @code{.short @var{expressions}}
4394* Single:: @code{.single @var{flonums}}
c1253627 4395@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 4396* Size:: @code{.size [@var{name} , @var{expression}]}
c1253627 4397@end ifset
884f0d36 4398@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132 4399* Skip:: @code{.skip @var{size} , @var{fill}}
884f0d36
BW
4400@end ifclear
4401
252b5132 4402* Sleb128:: @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
884f0d36 4403@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132 4404* Space:: @code{.space @var{size} , @var{fill}}
884f0d36 4405@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
4406@ifset have-stabs
4407* Stab:: @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
4408@end ifset
f0dc282c 4409
38a57ae7 4410* String:: @code{.string "@var{str}"}, @code{.string8 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string16 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string32 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string64 "@var{str}"}
252b5132
RH
4411* Struct:: @code{.struct @var{expression}}
4412@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4413* SubSection:: @code{.subsection}
252b5132
RH
4414* Symver:: @code{.symver @var{name},@var{name2@@nodename}}
4415@end ifset
f0dc282c 4416
252b5132
RH
4417@ifset COFF
4418* Tag:: @code{.tag @var{structname}}
4419@end ifset
f0dc282c 4420
252b5132
RH
4421* Text:: @code{.text @var{subsection}}
4422* Title:: @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
c1253627 4423@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 4424* Type:: @code{.type <@var{int} | @var{name} , @var{type description}>}
c1253627
NC
4425@end ifset
4426
c91d2e08 4427* Uleb128:: @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
252b5132 4428@ifset COFF
252b5132
RH
4429* Val:: @code{.val @var{addr}}
4430@end ifset
f0dc282c 4431
2e13b764 4432@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4433* Version:: @code{.version "@var{string}"}
c91d2e08
NC
4434* VTableEntry:: @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
4435* VTableInherit:: @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 4436@end ifset
f0dc282c 4437
d190d046 4438* Warning:: @code{.warning @var{string}}
c87db184 4439* Weak:: @code{.weak @var{names}}
06e77878 4440* Weakref:: @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{symbol}}
252b5132 4441* Word:: @code{.word @var{expressions}}
7ce98c16
NC
4442@ifclear no-space-dir
4443* Zero:: @code{.zero @var{size}}
4444@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
4445* Deprecated:: Deprecated Directives
4446@end menu
4447
4448@node Abort
4449@section @code{.abort}
4450
4451@cindex @code{abort} directive
4452@cindex stopping the assembly
4453This directive stops the assembly immediately. It is for
4454compatibility with other assemblers. The original idea was that the
4455assembly language source would be piped into the assembler. If the sender
a4fb0134 4456of the source quit, it could use this directive tells @command{@value{AS}} to
252b5132
RH
4457quit also. One day @code{.abort} will not be supported.
4458
4459@ifset COFF
370b66a1
CD
4460@node ABORT (COFF)
4461@section @code{.ABORT} (COFF)
252b5132
RH
4462
4463@cindex @code{ABORT} directive
a4fb0134 4464When producing COFF output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive as a
252b5132
RH
4465synonym for @samp{.abort}.
4466
4467@ifset BOUT
a4fb0134 4468When producing @code{b.out} output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive,
252b5132
RH
4469but ignores it.
4470@end ifset
4471@end ifset
4472
4473@node Align
4474@section @code{.align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
4475
4476@cindex padding the location counter
4477@cindex @code{align} directive
4478Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular storage
4479boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the alignment
4480required, as described below.
4481
4482The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4483padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
4484padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
4485marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4486with no-op instructions.
4487
4488The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4489it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4490directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4491specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4492fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4493required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4494with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4495
4496The way the required alignment is specified varies from system to system.
73589c9d 4497For the arc, hppa, i386 using ELF, i860, iq2000, m68k, or1k,
60946ad0 4498s390, sparc, tic4x, tic80 and xtensa, the first expression is the
252b5132
RH
4499alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.align 8} advances
4500the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
60946ad0
AM
4501is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed. For the tic54x, the
4502first expression is the alignment request in words.
252b5132 4503
9e9a9798 4504For other systems, including ppc, i386 using a.out format, arm and
adcf07e6 4505strongarm, it is the
252b5132
RH
4506number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
4507advancement. For example @samp{.align 3} advances the location
4508counter until it a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
4509multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4510
4511This inconsistency is due to the different behaviors of the various
4512native assemblers for these systems which GAS must emulate.
4513GAS also provides @code{.balign} and @code{.p2align} directives,
4514described later, which have a consistent behavior across all
4515architectures (but are specific to GAS).
4516
ccf8a69b
BW
4517@node Altmacro
4518@section @code{.altmacro}
4519Enable alternate macro mode, enabling:
4520
4521@ftable @code
4522@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
4523One additional directive, @code{LOCAL}, is available. It is used to
4524generate a string replacement for each of the @var{name} arguments, and
4525replace any instances of @var{name} in each macro expansion. The
4526replacement string is unique in the assembly, and different for each
4527separate macro expansion. @code{LOCAL} allows you to write macros that
4528define symbols, without fear of conflict between separate macro expansions.
4529
4530@item String delimiters
4531You can write strings delimited in these other ways besides
4532@code{"@var{string}"}:
4533
4534@table @code
4535@item '@var{string}'
4536You can delimit strings with single-quote characters.
4537
4538@item <@var{string}>
4539You can delimit strings with matching angle brackets.
4540@end table
4541
4542@item single-character string escape
4543To include any single character literally in a string (even if the
4544character would otherwise have some special meaning), you can prefix the
4545character with @samp{!} (an exclamation mark). For example, you can
4546write @samp{<4.3 !> 5.4!!>} to get the literal text @samp{4.3 > 5.4!}.
4547
4548@item Expression results as strings
4549You can write @samp{%@var{expr}} to evaluate the expression @var{expr}
01642c12 4550and use the result as a string.
ccf8a69b
BW
4551@end ftable
4552
252b5132
RH
4553@node Ascii
4554@section @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4555
4556@cindex @code{ascii} directive
4557@cindex string literals
4558@code{.ascii} expects zero or more string literals (@pxref{Strings})
4559separated by commas. It assembles each string (with no automatic
4560trailing zero byte) into consecutive addresses.
4561
4562@node Asciz
4563@section @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4564
4565@cindex @code{asciz} directive
4566@cindex zero-terminated strings
4567@cindex null-terminated strings
4568@code{.asciz} is just like @code{.ascii}, but each string is followed by
4569a zero byte. The ``z'' in @samp{.asciz} stands for ``zero''.
4570
4571@node Balign
4572@section @code{.balign[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
4573
4574@cindex padding the location counter given number of bytes
4575@cindex @code{balign} directive
4576Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
4577storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
4578alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.balign 8} advances
4579the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
4580is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4581
4582The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4583padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
4584padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
4585marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4586with no-op instructions.
4587
4588The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4589it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4590directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4591specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4592fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4593required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4594with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4595
4596@cindex @code{balignw} directive
4597@cindex @code{balignl} directive
4598The @code{.balignw} and @code{.balignl} directives are variants of the
4599@code{.balign} directive. The @code{.balignw} directive treats the fill
4600pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.balignl} directives treats the
4601fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.balignw
46024,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
4603filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
4604the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
4605undefined.
4606
fa94de6b 4607@node Bundle directives
d3b47e2b
L
4608@section Bundle directives
4609@subsection @code{.bundle_align_mode @var{abs-expr}}
fa94de6b
RM
4610@cindex @code{bundle_align_mode} directive
4611@cindex bundle
4612@cindex instruction bundle
4613@cindex aligned instruction bundle
ec82c18e 4614@code{.bundle_align_mode} enables or disables @dfn{aligned instruction
fa94de6b 4615bundle} mode. In this mode, sequences of adjacent instructions are grouped
ec82c18e 4616into fixed-sized @dfn{bundles}. If the argument is zero, this mode is
27dcf5c0 4617disabled (which is the default state). If the argument it not zero, it
fa94de6b
RM
4618gives the size of an instruction bundle as a power of two (as for the
4619@code{.p2align} directive, @pxref{P2align}).
4620
4621For some targets, it's an ABI requirement that no instruction may span a
ec82c18e 4622certain aligned boundary. A @dfn{bundle} is simply a sequence of
fa94de6b
RM
4623instructions that starts on an aligned boundary. For example, if
4624@var{abs-expr} is @code{5} then the bundle size is 32, so each aligned
4625chunk of 32 bytes is a bundle. When aligned instruction bundle mode is in
4626effect, no single instruction may span a boundary between bundles. If an
4627instruction would start too close to the end of a bundle for the length of
4628that particular instruction to fit within the bundle, then the space at the
4629end of that bundle is filled with no-op instructions so the instruction
4630starts in the next bundle. As a corollary, it's an error if any single
4631instruction's encoding is longer than the bundle size.
4632
d3b47e2b 4633@subsection @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock}
fa94de6b
RM
4634@cindex @code{bundle_lock} directive
4635@cindex @code{bundle_unlock} directive
4636The @code{.bundle_lock} and directive @code{.bundle_unlock} directives
4637allow explicit control over instruction bundle padding. These directives
4638are only valid when @code{.bundle_align_mode} has been used to enable
4639aligned instruction bundle mode. It's an error if they appear when
4640@code{.bundle_align_mode} has not been used at all, or when the last
4641directive was @w{@code{.bundle_align_mode 0}}.
4642
4643@cindex bundle-locked
4644For some targets, it's an ABI requirement that certain instructions may
4645appear only as part of specified permissible sequences of multiple
4646instructions, all within the same bundle. A pair of @code{.bundle_lock}
ec82c18e 4647and @code{.bundle_unlock} directives define a @dfn{bundle-locked}
fa94de6b
RM
4648instruction sequence. For purposes of aligned instruction bundle mode, a
4649sequence starting with @code{.bundle_lock} and ending with
4650@code{.bundle_unlock} is treated as a single instruction. That is, the
4651entire sequence must fit into a single bundle and may not span a bundle
4652boundary. If necessary, no-op instructions will be inserted before the
4653first instruction of the sequence so that the whole sequence starts on an
4654aligned bundle boundary. It's an error if the sequence is longer than the
4655bundle size.
4656
d416e51d
RM
4657For convenience when using @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock}
4658inside assembler macros (@pxref{Macro}), bundle-locked sequences may be
4659nested. That is, a second @code{.bundle_lock} directive before the next
4660@code{.bundle_unlock} directive has no effect except that it must be
4661matched by another closing @code{.bundle_unlock} so that there is the
4662same number of @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock} directives.
fa94de6b 4663
252b5132
RH
4664@node Byte
4665@section @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4666
4667@cindex @code{byte} directive
4668@cindex integers, one byte
4669@code{.byte} expects zero or more expressions, separated by commas.
4670Each expression is assembled into the next byte.
4671
54cfded0 4672@node CFI directives
d3b47e2b
L
4673@section CFI directives
4674@subsection @code{.cfi_sections @var{section_list}}
38462edf
JJ
4675@cindex @code{cfi_sections} directive
4676@code{.cfi_sections} may be used to specify whether CFI directives
4677should emit @code{.eh_frame} section and/or @code{.debug_frame} section.
4678If @var{section_list} is @code{.eh_frame}, @code{.eh_frame} is emitted,
4679if @var{section_list} is @code{.debug_frame}, @code{.debug_frame} is emitted.
4680To emit both use @code{.eh_frame, .debug_frame}. The default if this
4681directive is not used is @code{.cfi_sections .eh_frame}.
4682
2f0c68f2
CM
4683On targets that support compact unwinding tables these can be generated
4684by specifying @code{.eh_frame_entry} instead of @code{.eh_frame}.
4685
bd5608dc
NC
4686Some targets may support an additional name, such as @code{.c6xabi.exidx}
4687which is used by the @value{TIC6X} target.
4688
4689The @code{.cfi_sections} directive can be repeated, with the same or different
4690arguments, provided that CFI generation has not yet started. Once CFI
4691generation has started however the section list is fixed and any attempts to
4692redefine it will result in an error.
4693
d3b47e2b 4694@subsection @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}
54cfded0
AM
4695@cindex @code{cfi_startproc} directive
4696@code{.cfi_startproc} is used at the beginning of each function that
4697should have an entry in @code{.eh_frame}. It initializes some internal
4b7d318b 4698data structures. Don't forget to close the function by
54cfded0
AM
4699@code{.cfi_endproc}.
4700
01642c12 4701Unless @code{.cfi_startproc} is used along with parameter @code{simple}
4b7d318b 4702it also emits some architecture dependent initial CFI instructions.
01642c12 4703
d3b47e2b 4704@subsection @code{.cfi_endproc}
54cfded0
AM
4705@cindex @code{cfi_endproc} directive
4706@code{.cfi_endproc} is used at the end of a function where it closes its
4707unwind entry previously opened by
b45619c0 4708@code{.cfi_startproc}, and emits it to @code{.eh_frame}.
54cfded0 4709
d3b47e2b 4710@subsection @code{.cfi_personality @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
2f0c68f2 4711@cindex @code{cfi_personality} directive
9b8ae42e
JJ
4712@code{.cfi_personality} defines personality routine and its encoding.
4713@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the personality
4714should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), second
4715argument is not present, otherwise second argument should be
4716a constant or a symbol name. When using indirect encodings,
4717the symbol provided should be the location where personality
4718can be loaded from, not the personality routine itself.
4719The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_personality 0xff},
4720no personality routine.
4721
2f0c68f2
CM
4722@subsection @code{.cfi_personality_id @var{id}}
4723@cindex @code{cfi_personality_id} directive
4724@code{cfi_personality_id} defines a personality routine by its index as
4725defined in a compact unwinding format.
4726Only valid when generating compact EH frames (i.e.
4727with @code{.cfi_sections eh_frame_entry}.
4728
4729@subsection @code{.cfi_fde_data [@var{opcode1} [, @dots{}]]}
4730@cindex @code{cfi_fde_data} directive
4731@code{cfi_fde_data} is used to describe the compact unwind opcodes to be
4732used for the current function. These are emitted inline in the
4733@code{.eh_frame_entry} section if small enough and there is no LSDA, or
4734in the @code{.gnu.extab} section otherwise.
4735Only valid when generating compact EH frames (i.e.
4736with @code{.cfi_sections eh_frame_entry}.
4737
d3b47e2b 4738@subsection @code{.cfi_lsda @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
9b8ae42e
JJ
4739@code{.cfi_lsda} defines LSDA and its encoding.
4740@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the LSDA
2f0c68f2
CM
4741should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), the second
4742argument is not present, otherwise the second argument should be a constant
9b8ae42e 4743or a symbol name. The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_lsda 0xff},
2f0c68f2
CM
4744meaning that no LSDA is present.
4745
4746@subsection @code{.cfi_inline_lsda} [@var{align}]
4747@code{.cfi_inline_lsda} marks the start of a LSDA data section and
4748switches to the corresponding @code{.gnu.extab} section.
4749Must be preceded by a CFI block containing a @code{.cfi_lsda} directive.
4750Only valid when generating compact EH frames (i.e.
4751with @code{.cfi_sections eh_frame_entry}.
4752
4753The table header and unwinding opcodes will be generated at this point,
4754so that they are immediately followed by the LSDA data. The symbol
4755referenced by the @code{.cfi_lsda} directive should still be defined
4756in case a fallback FDE based encoding is used. The LSDA data is terminated
4757by a section directive.
4758
4759The optional @var{align} argument specifies the alignment required.
4760The alignment is specified as a power of two, as with the
4761@code{.p2align} directive.
9b8ae42e 4762
d3b47e2b 4763@subsection @code{.cfi_def_cfa @var{register}, @var{offset}}
01642c12 4764@code{.cfi_def_cfa} defines a rule for computing CFA as: @i{take
54cfded0
AM
4765address from @var{register} and add @var{offset} to it}.
4766
d3b47e2b 4767@subsection @code{.cfi_def_cfa_register @var{register}}
54cfded0
AM
4768@code{.cfi_def_cfa_register} modifies a rule for computing CFA. From
4769now on @var{register} will be used instead of the old one. Offset
4770remains the same.
4771
d3b47e2b 4772@subsection @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
54cfded0
AM
4773@code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} modifies a rule for computing CFA. Register
4774remains the same, but @var{offset} is new. Note that it is the
4775absolute offset that will be added to a defined register to compute
4776CFA address.
4777
d3b47e2b 4778@subsection @code{.cfi_adjust_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
54cfded0
AM
4779Same as @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} but @var{offset} is a relative
4780value that is added/substracted from the previous offset.
4781
d3b47e2b 4782@subsection @code{.cfi_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
54cfded0 4783Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
01642c12 4784CFA.
54cfded0 4785
d3b47e2b 4786@subsection @code{.cfi_rel_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
17076204
RH
4787Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
4788the current CFA register. This is transformed to @code{.cfi_offset}
4789using the known displacement of the CFA register from the CFA.
4790This is often easier to use, because the number will match the
4791code it's annotating.
54cfded0 4792
d3b47e2b 4793@subsection @code{.cfi_register @var{register1}, @var{register2}}
4b7d318b
L
4794Previous value of @var{register1} is saved in register @var{register2}.
4795
d3b47e2b 4796@subsection @code{.cfi_restore @var{register}}
01642c12
RM
4797@code{.cfi_restore} says that the rule for @var{register} is now the
4798same as it was at the beginning of the function, after all initial
4b7d318b
L
4799instruction added by @code{.cfi_startproc} were executed.
4800
d3b47e2b 4801@subsection @code{.cfi_undefined @var{register}}
4b7d318b
L
4802From now on the previous value of @var{register} can't be restored anymore.
4803
d3b47e2b 4804@subsection @code{.cfi_same_value @var{register}}
01642c12 4805Current value of @var{register} is the same like in the previous frame,
4b7d318b
L
4806i.e. no restoration needed.
4807
d3b47e2b 4808@subsection @code{.cfi_remember_state},
01642c12
RM
4809First save all current rules for all registers by @code{.cfi_remember_state},
4810then totally screw them up by subsequent @code{.cfi_*} directives and when
4811everything is hopelessly bad, use @code{.cfi_restore_state} to restore
4b7d318b
L
4812the previous saved state.
4813
d3b47e2b 4814@subsection @code{.cfi_return_column @var{register}}
01642c12 4815Change return column @var{register}, i.e. the return address is either
4b7d318b
L
4816directly in @var{register} or can be accessed by rules for @var{register}.
4817
d3b47e2b 4818@subsection @code{.cfi_signal_frame}
63752a75
JJ
4819Mark current function as signal trampoline.
4820
d3b47e2b 4821@subsection @code{.cfi_window_save}
364b6d8b
JJ
4822SPARC register window has been saved.
4823
d3b47e2b 4824@subsection @code{.cfi_escape} @var{expression}[, @dots{}]
cdfbf930
RH
4825Allows the user to add arbitrary bytes to the unwind info. One
4826might use this to add OS-specific CFI opcodes, or generic CFI
4827opcodes that GAS does not yet support.
252b5132 4828
d3b47e2b 4829@subsection @code{.cfi_val_encoded_addr @var{register}, @var{encoding}, @var{label}}
f1c4cc75
RH
4830The current value of @var{register} is @var{label}. The value of @var{label}
4831will be encoded in the output file according to @var{encoding}; see the
4832description of @code{.cfi_personality} for details on this encoding.
4833
4834The usefulness of equating a register to a fixed label is probably
4835limited to the return address register. Here, it can be useful to
4836mark a code segment that has only one return address which is reached
4837by a direct branch and no copy of the return address exists in memory
4838or another register.
4839
ccf8a69b
BW
4840@node Comm
4841@section @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
bd0eb99b 4842
ccf8a69b
BW
4843@cindex @code{comm} directive
4844@cindex symbol, common
4845@code{.comm} declares a common symbol named @var{symbol}. When linking, a
4846common symbol in one object file may be merged with a defined or common symbol
4847of the same name in another object file. If @code{@value{LD}} does not see a
4848definition for the symbol--just one or more common symbols--then it will
4849allocate @var{length} bytes of uninitialized memory. @var{length} must be an
4850absolute expression. If @code{@value{LD}} sees multiple common symbols with
4851the same name, and they do not all have the same size, it will allocate space
4852using the largest size.
07a53e5c 4853
c1711530
DK
4854@ifset COFF-ELF
4855When using ELF or (as a GNU extension) PE, the @code{.comm} directive takes
01642c12 4856an optional third argument. This is the desired alignment of the symbol,
c1711530
DK
4857specified for ELF as a byte boundary (for example, an alignment of 16 means
4858that the least significant 4 bits of the address should be zero), and for PE
4859as a power of two (for example, an alignment of 5 means aligned to a 32-byte
01642c12 4860boundary). The alignment must be an absolute expression, and it must be a
c1711530 4861power of two. If @code{@value{LD}} allocates uninitialized memory for the
01642c12 4862common symbol, it will use the alignment when placing the symbol. If no
c1711530 4863alignment is specified, @command{@value{AS}} will set the alignment to the
ccf8a69b 4864largest power of two less than or equal to the size of the symbol, up to a
c1711530
DK
4865maximum of 16 on ELF, or the default section alignment of 4 on PE@footnote{This
4866is not the same as the executable image file alignment controlled by @code{@value{LD}}'s
4867@samp{--section-alignment} option; image file sections in PE are aligned to
4868multiples of 4096, which is far too large an alignment for ordinary variables.
4869It is rather the default alignment for (non-debug) sections within object
4870(@samp{*.o}) files, which are less strictly aligned.}.
ccf8a69b 4871@end ifset
cd1fcb49 4872
ccf8a69b
BW
4873@ifset HPPA
4874The syntax for @code{.comm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
4875@samp{@var{symbol} .comm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
4876@end ifset
07a53e5c 4877
252b5132
RH
4878@node Data
4879@section @code{.data @var{subsection}}
4880
4881@cindex @code{data} directive
a4fb0134 4882@code{.data} tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the
252b5132
RH
4883end of the data subsection numbered @var{subsection} (which is an
4884absolute expression). If @var{subsection} is omitted, it defaults
4885to zero.
4886
4887@ifset COFF
4888@node Def
4889@section @code{.def @var{name}}
4890
4891@cindex @code{def} directive
4892@cindex COFF symbols, debugging
4893@cindex debugging COFF symbols
4894Begin defining debugging information for a symbol @var{name}; the
4895definition extends until the @code{.endef} directive is encountered.
4896@ifset BOUT
4897
a4fb0134 4898This directive is only observed when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF
252b5132
RH
4899format output; when producing @code{b.out}, @samp{.def} is recognized,
4900but ignored.
4901@end ifset
4902@end ifset
4903
4904@ifset aout-bout
4905@node Desc
4906@section @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
4907
4908@cindex @code{desc} directive
4909@cindex COFF symbol descriptor
4910@cindex symbol descriptor, COFF
4911This directive sets the descriptor of the symbol (@pxref{Symbol Attributes})
4912to the low 16 bits of an absolute expression.
4913
4914@ifset COFF
a4fb0134 4915The @samp{.desc} directive is not available when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132 4916configured for COFF output; it is only for @code{a.out} or @code{b.out}
a4fb0134 4917object format. For the sake of compatibility, @command{@value{AS}} accepts
252b5132
RH
4918it, but produces no output, when configured for COFF.
4919@end ifset
4920@end ifset
4921
4922@ifset COFF
4923@node Dim
4924@section @code{.dim}
4925
4926@cindex @code{dim} directive
4927@cindex COFF auxiliary symbol information
4928@cindex auxiliary symbol information, COFF
4929This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
4930information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
4931@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs.
4932@ifset BOUT
4933
4934@samp{.dim} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 4935@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
4936ignores it.
4937@end ifset
4938@end ifset
4939
4940@node Double
4941@section @code{.double @var{flonums}}
4942
4943@cindex @code{double} directive
4944@cindex floating point numbers (double)
4945@code{.double} expects zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
4946assembles floating point numbers.
4947@ifset GENERIC
4948The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 4949@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
4950@end ifset
4951@ifclear GENERIC
4952@ifset IEEEFLOAT
4953On the @value{TARGET} family @samp{.double} emits 64-bit floating-point numbers
4954in @sc{ieee} format.
4955@end ifset
4956@end ifclear
4957
4958@node Eject
4959@section @code{.eject}
4960
4961@cindex @code{eject} directive
4962@cindex new page, in listings
4963@cindex page, in listings
4964@cindex listing control: new page
4965Force a page break at this point, when generating assembly listings.
4966
4967@node Else
4968@section @code{.else}
4969
4970@cindex @code{else} directive
a4fb0134 4971@code{.else} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 4972assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It marks the beginning of a section
252b5132
RH
4973of code to be assembled if the condition for the preceding @code{.if}
4974was false.
4975
3fd9f047
TW
4976@node Elseif
4977@section @code{.elseif}
4978
4979@cindex @code{elseif} directive
a4fb0134 4980@code{.elseif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 4981assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It is shorthand for beginning a new
3fd9f047
TW
4982@code{.if} block that would otherwise fill the entire @code{.else} section.
4983
252b5132
RH
4984@node End
4985@section @code{.end}
4986
4987@cindex @code{end} directive
a4fb0134 4988@code{.end} marks the end of the assembly file. @command{@value{AS}} does not
252b5132
RH
4989process anything in the file past the @code{.end} directive.
4990
4991@ifset COFF
4992@node Endef
4993@section @code{.endef}
4994
4995@cindex @code{endef} directive
4996This directive flags the end of a symbol definition begun with
4997@code{.def}.
4998@ifset BOUT
4999
5000@samp{.endef} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; if
a4fb0134 5001@command{@value{AS}} is configured to generate @code{b.out}, it accepts this
252b5132
RH
5002directive but ignores it.
5003@end ifset
5004@end ifset
5005
5006@node Endfunc
5007@section @code{.endfunc}
5008@cindex @code{endfunc} directive
5009@code{.endfunc} marks the end of a function specified with @code{.func}.
5010
5011@node Endif
5012@section @code{.endif}
5013
5014@cindex @code{endif} directive
a4fb0134 5015@code{.endif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional assembly;
252b5132
RH
5016it marks the end of a block of code that is only assembled
5017conditionally. @xref{If,,@code{.if}}.
5018
5019@node Equ
5020@section @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5021
5022@cindex @code{equ} directive
5023@cindex assigning values to symbols
5024@cindex symbols, assigning values to
5025This directive sets the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}.
96e9638b 5026It is synonymous with @samp{.set}; see @ref{Set,,@code{.set}}.
252b5132
RH
5027
5028@ifset HPPA
01642c12 5029The syntax for @code{equ} on the HPPA is
252b5132
RH
5030@samp{@var{symbol} .equ @var{expression}}.
5031@end ifset
5032
3c9b82ba 5033@ifset Z80
01642c12
RM
5034The syntax for @code{equ} on the Z80 is
5035@samp{@var{symbol} equ @var{expression}}.
3c9b82ba 5036On the Z80 it is an eror if @var{symbol} is already defined,
01642c12 5037but the symbol is not protected from later redefinition.
96e9638b 5038Compare @ref{Equiv}.
3c9b82ba
NC
5039@end ifset
5040
252b5132
RH
5041@node Equiv
5042@section @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5043@cindex @code{equiv} directive
5044The @code{.equiv} directive is like @code{.equ} and @code{.set}, except that
8dfa0188
NC
5045the assembler will signal an error if @var{symbol} is already defined. Note a
5046symbol which has been referenced but not actually defined is considered to be
5047undefined.
252b5132 5048
01642c12 5049Except for the contents of the error message, this is roughly equivalent to
252b5132
RH
5050@smallexample
5051.ifdef SYM
5052.err
5053.endif
5054.equ SYM,VAL
5055@end smallexample
9497f5ac
NC
5056plus it protects the symbol from later redefinition.
5057
5058@node Eqv
5059@section @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5060@cindex @code{eqv} directive
5061The @code{.eqv} directive is like @code{.equiv}, but no attempt is made to
5062evaluate the expression or any part of it immediately. Instead each time
5063the resulting symbol is used in an expression, a snapshot of its current
5064value is taken.
252b5132
RH
5065
5066@node Err
5067@section @code{.err}
5068@cindex @code{err} directive
a4fb0134
SC
5069If @command{@value{AS}} assembles a @code{.err} directive, it will print an error
5070message and, unless the @option{-Z} option was used, it will not generate an
f9eb6721 5071object file. This can be used to signal an error in conditionally compiled code.
252b5132 5072
d190d046
HPN
5073@node Error
5074@section @code{.error "@var{string}"}
5075@cindex error directive
5076
5077Similarly to @code{.err}, this directive emits an error, but you can specify a
5078string that will be emitted as the error message. If you don't specify the
5079message, it defaults to @code{".error directive invoked in source file"}.
5080@xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
5081
5082@smallexample
5083 .error "This code has not been assembled and tested."
5084@end smallexample
5085
252b5132
RH
5086@node Exitm
5087@section @code{.exitm}
5088Exit early from the current macro definition. @xref{Macro}.
5089
5090@node Extern
5091@section @code{.extern}
5092
5093@cindex @code{extern} directive
5094@code{.extern} is accepted in the source program---for compatibility
a4fb0134 5095with other assemblers---but it is ignored. @command{@value{AS}} treats
252b5132
RH
5096all undefined symbols as external.
5097
5098@node Fail
5099@section @code{.fail @var{expression}}
5100
5101@cindex @code{fail} directive
5102Generates an error or a warning. If the value of the @var{expression} is 500
a4fb0134
SC
5103or more, @command{@value{AS}} will print a warning message. If the value is less
5104than 500, @command{@value{AS}} will print an error message. The message will
252b5132
RH
5105include the value of @var{expression}. This can occasionally be useful inside
5106complex nested macros or conditional assembly.
5107
252b5132 5108@node File
14082c76 5109@section @code{.file}
252b5132 5110@cindex @code{file} directive
14082c76
BW
5111
5112@ifclear no-file-dir
5113There are two different versions of the @code{.file} directive. Targets
5114that support DWARF2 line number information use the DWARF2 version of
5115@code{.file}. Other targets use the default version.
5116
5117@subheading Default Version
5118
252b5132
RH
5119@cindex logical file name
5120@cindex file name, logical
14082c76
BW
5121This version of the @code{.file} directive tells @command{@value{AS}} that we
5122are about to start a new logical file. The syntax is:
5123
5124@smallexample
5125.file @var{string}
5126@end smallexample
5127
5128@var{string} is the new file name. In general, the filename is
252b5132
RH
5129recognized whether or not it is surrounded by quotes @samp{"}; but if you wish
5130to specify an empty file name, you must give the quotes--@code{""}. This
5131statement may go away in future: it is only recognized to be compatible with
a4fb0134 5132old @command{@value{AS}} programs.
14082c76
BW
5133
5134@subheading DWARF2 Version
252b5132
RH
5135@end ifclear
5136
14082c76
BW
5137When emitting DWARF2 line number information, @code{.file} assigns filenames
5138to the @code{.debug_line} file name table. The syntax is:
5139
5140@smallexample
5141.file @var{fileno} @var{filename}
5142@end smallexample
5143
5144The @var{fileno} operand should be a unique positive integer to use as the
5145index of the entry in the table. The @var{filename} operand is a C string
5146literal.
5147
5148The detail of filename indices is exposed to the user because the filename
5149table is shared with the @code{.debug_info} section of the DWARF2 debugging
5150information, and thus the user must know the exact indices that table
5151entries will have.
5152
252b5132
RH
5153@node Fill
5154@section @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
5155
5156@cindex @code{fill} directive
5157@cindex writing patterns in memory
5158@cindex patterns, writing in memory
bc64be0c 5159@var{repeat}, @var{size} and @var{value} are absolute expressions.
252b5132
RH
5160This emits @var{repeat} copies of @var{size} bytes. @var{Repeat}
5161may be zero or more. @var{Size} may be zero or more, but if it is
5162more than 8, then it is deemed to have the value 8, compatible with
5163other people's assemblers. The contents of each @var{repeat} bytes
5164is taken from an 8-byte number. The highest order 4 bytes are
5165zero. The lowest order 4 bytes are @var{value} rendered in the
a4fb0134 5166byte-order of an integer on the computer @command{@value{AS}} is assembling for.
252b5132
RH
5167Each @var{size} bytes in a repetition is taken from the lowest order
5168@var{size} bytes of this number. Again, this bizarre behavior is
5169compatible with other people's assemblers.
5170
5171@var{size} and @var{value} are optional.
5172If the second comma and @var{value} are absent, @var{value} is
5173assumed zero. If the first comma and following tokens are absent,
5174@var{size} is assumed to be 1.
5175
5176@node Float
5177@section @code{.float @var{flonums}}
5178
5179@cindex floating point numbers (single)
5180@cindex @code{float} directive
5181This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
5182has the same effect as @code{.single}.
5183@ifset GENERIC
5184The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 5185@command{@value{AS}} is configured.
252b5132
RH
5186@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
5187@end ifset
5188@ifclear GENERIC
5189@ifset IEEEFLOAT
5190On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.float} emits 32-bit floating point numbers
5191in @sc{ieee} format.
5192@end ifset
5193@end ifclear
5194
5195@node Func
5196@section @code{.func @var{name}[,@var{label}]}
5197@cindex @code{func} directive
5198@code{.func} emits debugging information to denote function @var{name}, and
5199is ignored unless the file is assembled with debugging enabled.
05da4302 5200Only @samp{--gstabs[+]} is currently supported.
252b5132
RH
5201@var{label} is the entry point of the function and if omitted @var{name}
5202prepended with the @samp{leading char} is used.
5203@samp{leading char} is usually @code{_} or nothing, depending on the target.
5204All functions are currently defined to have @code{void} return type.
5205The function must be terminated with @code{.endfunc}.
5206
5207@node Global
5208@section @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
5209
5210@cindex @code{global} directive
5211@cindex symbol, making visible to linker
5212@code{.global} makes the symbol visible to @code{@value{LD}}. If you define
5213@var{symbol} in your partial program, its value is made available to
5214other partial programs that are linked with it. Otherwise,
5215@var{symbol} takes its attributes from a symbol of the same name
5216from another file linked into the same program.
5217
5218Both spellings (@samp{.globl} and @samp{.global}) are accepted, for
5219compatibility with other assemblers.
5220
5221@ifset HPPA
5222On the HPPA, @code{.global} is not always enough to make it accessible to other
5223partial programs. You may need the HPPA-only @code{.EXPORT} directive as well.
96e9638b 5224@xref{HPPA Directives, ,HPPA Assembler Directives}.
252b5132
RH
5225@end ifset
5226
c91d2e08 5227@ifset ELF
3a99f02f
DJ
5228@node Gnu_attribute
5229@section @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
5230Record a @sc{gnu} object attribute for this file. @xref{Object Attributes}.
5231
c91d2e08
NC
5232@node Hidden
5233@section @code{.hidden @var{names}}
5234
c1253627
NC
5235@cindex @code{hidden} directive
5236@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5237This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
01642c12 5238@code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal,,@code{.internal}}) and
a349d9dd 5239@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
5240
5241This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5242their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5243@code{hidden} which means that the symbols are not visible to other components.
01642c12 5244Such symbols are always considered to be @code{protected} as well.
c91d2e08
NC
5245@end ifset
5246
252b5132
RH
5247@node hword
5248@section @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
5249
5250@cindex @code{hword} directive
5251@cindex integers, 16-bit
5252@cindex numbers, 16-bit
5253@cindex sixteen bit integers
5254This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
5255a 16 bit number for each.
5256
5257@ifset GENERIC
5258This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}; depending on the target
5259architecture, it may also be a synonym for @samp{.word}.
5260@end ifset
5261@ifclear GENERIC
5262@ifset W32
5263This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}.
5264@end ifset
5265@ifset W16
5266This directive is a synonym for both @samp{.short} and @samp{.word}.
5267@end ifset
5268@end ifclear
5269
5270@node Ident
5271@section @code{.ident}
5272
5273@cindex @code{ident} directive
cb4c78d6
BE
5274
5275This directive is used by some assemblers to place tags in object files. The
5276behavior of this directive varies depending on the target. When using the
5277a.out object file format, @command{@value{AS}} simply accepts the directive for
5278source-file compatibility with existing assemblers, but does not emit anything
5279for it. When using COFF, comments are emitted to the @code{.comment} or
5280@code{.rdata} section, depending on the target. When using ELF, comments are
5281emitted to the @code{.comment} section.
252b5132
RH
5282
5283@node If
5284@section @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
5285
5286@cindex conditional assembly
5287@cindex @code{if} directive
5288@code{.if} marks the beginning of a section of code which is only
5289considered part of the source program being assembled if the argument
5290(which must be an @var{absolute expression}) is non-zero. The end of
5291the conditional section of code must be marked by @code{.endif}
5292(@pxref{Endif,,@code{.endif}}); optionally, you may include code for the
5293alternative condition, flagged by @code{.else} (@pxref{Else,,@code{.else}}).
3fd9f047
TW
5294If you have several conditions to check, @code{.elseif} may be used to avoid
5295nesting blocks if/else within each subsequent @code{.else} block.
252b5132
RH
5296
5297The following variants of @code{.if} are also supported:
5298@table @code
5299@cindex @code{ifdef} directive
5300@item .ifdef @var{symbol}
5301Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
5302has been defined. Note a symbol which has been referenced but not yet defined
5303is considered to be undefined.
252b5132 5304
26aca5f6
JB
5305@cindex @code{ifb} directive
5306@item .ifb @var{text}
5307Assembles the following section of code if the operand is blank (empty).
5308
252b5132
RH
5309@cindex @code{ifc} directive
5310@item .ifc @var{string1},@var{string2}
5311Assembles the following section of code if the two strings are the same. The
5312strings may be optionally quoted with single quotes. If they are not quoted,
5313the first string stops at the first comma, and the second string stops at the
5314end of the line. Strings which contain whitespace should be quoted. The
5315string comparison is case sensitive.
5316
5317@cindex @code{ifeq} directive
5318@item .ifeq @var{absolute expression}
5319Assembles the following section of code if the argument is zero.
5320
5321@cindex @code{ifeqs} directive
5322@item .ifeqs @var{string1},@var{string2}
5323Another form of @code{.ifc}. The strings must be quoted using double quotes.
5324
5325@cindex @code{ifge} directive
5326@item .ifge @var{absolute expression}
5327Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than or
5328equal to zero.
5329
5330@cindex @code{ifgt} directive
5331@item .ifgt @var{absolute expression}
5332Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than zero.
5333
5334@cindex @code{ifle} directive
5335@item .ifle @var{absolute expression}
5336Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than or equal
5337to zero.
5338
5339@cindex @code{iflt} directive
5340@item .iflt @var{absolute expression}
5341Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than zero.
5342
26aca5f6
JB
5343@cindex @code{ifnb} directive
5344@item .ifnb @var{text}
5345Like @code{.ifb}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5346following section of code if the operand is non-blank (non-empty).
5347
252b5132
RH
5348@cindex @code{ifnc} directive
5349@item .ifnc @var{string1},@var{string2}.
5350Like @code{.ifc}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5351following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
5352
5353@cindex @code{ifndef} directive
5354@cindex @code{ifnotdef} directive
5355@item .ifndef @var{symbol}
5356@itemx .ifnotdef @var{symbol}
5357Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
5358has not been defined. Both spelling variants are equivalent. Note a symbol
5359which has been referenced but not yet defined is considered to be undefined.
252b5132
RH
5360
5361@cindex @code{ifne} directive
5362@item .ifne @var{absolute expression}
5363Assembles the following section of code if the argument is not equal to zero
5364(in other words, this is equivalent to @code{.if}).
5365
5366@cindex @code{ifnes} directive
5367@item .ifnes @var{string1},@var{string2}
5368Like @code{.ifeqs}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5369following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
5370@end table
5371
7e005732
NC
5372@node Incbin
5373@section @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
5374
5375@cindex @code{incbin} directive
5376@cindex binary files, including
5377The @code{incbin} directive includes @var{file} verbatim at the current
5378location. You can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line
5379option (@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
5380around @var{file}.
5381
5382The @var{skip} argument skips a number of bytes from the start of the
5383@var{file}. The @var{count} argument indicates the maximum number of bytes to
15dcfbc3
NC
5384read. Note that the data is not aligned in any way, so it is the user's
5385responsibility to make sure that proper alignment is provided both before and
5386after the @code{incbin} directive.
7e005732 5387
252b5132
RH
5388@node Include
5389@section @code{.include "@var{file}"}
5390
5391@cindex @code{include} directive
5392@cindex supporting files, including
5393@cindex files, including
5394This directive provides a way to include supporting files at specified
5395points in your source program. The code from @var{file} is assembled as
5396if it followed the point of the @code{.include}; when the end of the
5397included file is reached, assembly of the original file continues. You
5398can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line option
5399(@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
5400around @var{file}.
5401
5402@node Int
5403@section @code{.int @var{expressions}}
5404
5405@cindex @code{int} directive
5406@cindex integers, 32-bit
5407Expect zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section, separated by commas.
5408For each expression, emit a number that, at run time, is the value of that
5409expression. The byte order and bit size of the number depends on what kind
5410of target the assembly is for.
5411
5412@ifclear GENERIC
5413@ifset H8
7be1c489 5414On most forms of the H8/300, @code{.int} emits 16-bit
c2dcd04e 5415integers. On the H8/300H and the Renesas SH, however, @code{.int} emits
252b5132
RH
541632-bit integers.
5417@end ifset
5418@end ifclear
5419
c91d2e08
NC
5420@ifset ELF
5421@node Internal
5422@section @code{.internal @var{names}}
5423
c1253627
NC
5424@cindex @code{internal} directive
5425@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5426This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
01642c12 5427@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden,,@code{.hidden}}) and
a349d9dd 5428@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
5429
5430This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5431their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5432@code{internal} which means that the symbols are considered to be @code{hidden}
c1253627 5433(i.e., not visible to other components), and that some extra, processor specific
c91d2e08
NC
5434processing must also be performed upon the symbols as well.
5435@end ifset
5436
252b5132
RH
5437@node Irp
5438@section @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
5439
5440@cindex @code{irp} directive
5441Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
5442The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irp} directive, and is
5443terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each @var{value}, @var{symbol} is
5444set to @var{value}, and the sequence of statements is assembled. If no
5445@var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is assembled once, with
5446@var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to @var{symbol} within the
5447sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
5448
5449For example, assembling
5450
5451@example
5452 .irp param,1,2,3
5453 move d\param,sp@@-
5454 .endr
5455@end example
5456
5457is equivalent to assembling
5458
5459@example
5460 move d1,sp@@-
5461 move d2,sp@@-
5462 move d3,sp@@-
5463@end example
5464
96e9638b 5465For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also @ref{Macro}.
5e75c3ab 5466
252b5132
RH
5467@node Irpc
5468@section @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
5469
5470@cindex @code{irpc} directive
5471Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
5472The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irpc} directive, and is
5473terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each character in @var{value},
5474@var{symbol} is set to the character, and the sequence of statements is
5475assembled. If no @var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is
5476assembled once, with @var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to
5477@var{symbol} within the sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
5478
5479For example, assembling
5480
5481@example
5482 .irpc param,123
5483 move d\param,sp@@-
5484 .endr
5485@end example
5486
5487is equivalent to assembling
5488
5489@example
5490 move d1,sp@@-
5491 move d2,sp@@-
5492 move d3,sp@@-
5493@end example
5494
5e75c3ab
JB
5495For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also the discussion
5496at @xref{Macro}.
5497
252b5132
RH
5498@node Lcomm
5499@section @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
5500
5501@cindex @code{lcomm} directive
5502@cindex local common symbols
5503@cindex symbols, local common
5504Reserve @var{length} (an absolute expression) bytes for a local common
5505denoted by @var{symbol}. The section and value of @var{symbol} are
5506those of the new local common. The addresses are allocated in the bss
5507section, so that at run-time the bytes start off zeroed. @var{Symbol}
5508is not declared global (@pxref{Global,,@code{.global}}), so is normally
5509not visible to @code{@value{LD}}.
5510
5511@ifset GENERIC
5512Some targets permit a third argument to be used with @code{.lcomm}. This
5513argument specifies the desired alignment of the symbol in the bss section.
5514@end ifset
5515
5516@ifset HPPA
5517The syntax for @code{.lcomm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
5518@samp{@var{symbol} .lcomm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
5519@end ifset
5520
5521@node Lflags
5522@section @code{.lflags}
5523
5524@cindex @code{lflags} directive (ignored)
a4fb0134 5525@command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive, for compatibility with other
252b5132
RH
5526assemblers, but ignores it.
5527
5528@ifclear no-line-dir
5529@node Line
5530@section @code{.line @var{line-number}}
5531
5532@cindex @code{line} directive
252b5132
RH
5533@cindex logical line number
5534@ifset aout-bout
5535Change the logical line number. @var{line-number} must be an absolute
5536expression. The next line has that logical line number. Therefore any other
5537statements on the current line (after a statement separator character) are
5538reported as on logical line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1. One day
a4fb0134 5539@command{@value{AS}} will no longer support this directive: it is recognized only
252b5132 5540for compatibility with existing assembler programs.
252b5132
RH
5541@end ifset
5542
252b5132 5543Even though this is a directive associated with the @code{a.out} or
a4fb0134 5544@code{b.out} object-code formats, @command{@value{AS}} still recognizes it
252b5132
RH
5545when producing COFF output, and treats @samp{.line} as though it
5546were the COFF @samp{.ln} @emph{if} it is found outside a
5547@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair.
5548
5549Inside a @code{.def}, @samp{.line} is, instead, one of the directives
5550used by compilers to generate auxiliary symbol information for
5551debugging.
5552@end ifclear
5553
5554@node Linkonce
5555@section @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
5556@cindex COMDAT
5557@cindex @code{linkonce} directive
5558@cindex common sections
5559Mark the current section so that the linker only includes a single copy of it.
5560This may be used to include the same section in several different object files,
5561but ensure that the linker will only include it once in the final output file.
5562The @code{.linkonce} pseudo-op must be used for each instance of the section.
5563Duplicate sections are detected based on the section name, so it should be
5564unique.
5565
5566This directive is only supported by a few object file formats; as of this
5567writing, the only object file format which supports it is the Portable
5568Executable format used on Windows NT.
5569
5570The @var{type} argument is optional. If specified, it must be one of the
5571following strings. For example:
5572@smallexample
5573.linkonce same_size
5574@end smallexample
5575Not all types may be supported on all object file formats.
5576
5577@table @code
5578@item discard
5579Silently discard duplicate sections. This is the default.
5580
5581@item one_only
5582Warn if there are duplicate sections, but still keep only one copy.
5583
5584@item same_size
5585Warn if any of the duplicates have different sizes.
5586
5587@item same_contents
5588Warn if any of the duplicates do not have exactly the same contents.
5589@end table
5590
ccf8a69b
BW
5591@node List
5592@section @code{.list}
5593
5594@cindex @code{list} directive
5595@cindex listing control, turning on
5596Control (in conjunction with the @code{.nolist} directive) whether or
5597not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
5598internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
5599counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
5600generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
5601
5602By default, listings are disabled. When you enable them (with the
5603@samp{-a} command line option; @pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}),
5604the initial value of the listing counter is one.
5605
252b5132
RH
5606@node Ln
5607@section @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
5608
5609@cindex @code{ln} directive
5610@ifclear no-line-dir
5611@samp{.ln} is a synonym for @samp{.line}.
5612@end ifclear
5613@ifset no-line-dir
a4fb0134 5614Tell @command{@value{AS}} to change the logical line number. @var{line-number}
252b5132
RH
5615must be an absolute expression. The next line has that logical
5616line number, so any other statements on the current line (after a
5617statement separator character @code{;}) are reported as on logical
5618line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1.
5619@ifset BOUT
5620
a4fb0134 5621This directive is accepted, but ignored, when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132
RH
5622configured for @code{b.out}; its effect is only associated with COFF
5623output format.
5624@end ifset
5625@end ifset
5626
ccf8a69b
BW
5627@node Loc
5628@section @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno} [@var{column}] [@var{options}]}
5629@cindex @code{loc} directive
5630When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5631the @code{.loc} directive will add a row to the @code{.debug_line} line
5632number matrix corresponding to the immediately following assembly
5633instruction. The @var{fileno}, @var{lineno}, and optional @var{column}
5634arguments will be applied to the @code{.debug_line} state machine before
5635the row is added.
252b5132 5636
ccf8a69b
BW
5637The @var{options} are a sequence of the following tokens in any order:
5638
5639@table @code
5640@item basic_block
5641This option will set the @code{basic_block} register in the
5642@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5643
5644@item prologue_end
5645This option will set the @code{prologue_end} register in the
5646@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5647
5648@item epilogue_begin
5649This option will set the @code{epilogue_begin} register in the
5650@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5651
5652@item is_stmt @var{value}
5653This option will set the @code{is_stmt} register in the
01642c12 5654@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{value}, which must be
ccf8a69b
BW
5655either 0 or 1.
5656
5657@item isa @var{value}
5658This directive will set the @code{isa} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5659state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5660
92846e72
CC
5661@item discriminator @var{value}
5662This directive will set the @code{discriminator} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5663state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5664
ccf8a69b
BW
5665@end table
5666
5667@node Loc_mark_labels
5668@section @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
5669@cindex @code{loc_mark_labels} directive
5670When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5671the @code{.loc_mark_labels} directive makes the assembler emit an entry
5672to the @code{.debug_line} line number matrix with the @code{basic_block}
5673register in the state machine set whenever a code label is seen.
5674The @var{enable} argument should be either 1 or 0, to enable or disable
5675this function respectively.
252b5132 5676
4d4175af
BW
5677@ifset ELF
5678@node Local
5679@section @code{.local @var{names}}
5680
5681@cindex @code{local} directive
5682This directive, which is available for ELF targets, marks each symbol in
5683the comma-separated list of @code{names} as a local symbol so that it
5684will not be externally visible. If the symbols do not already exist,
5685they will be created.
5686
5687For targets where the @code{.lcomm} directive (@pxref{Lcomm}) does not
5688accept an alignment argument, which is the case for most ELF targets,
5689the @code{.local} directive can be used in combination with @code{.comm}
5690(@pxref{Comm}) to define aligned local common data.
5691@end ifset
5692
252b5132
RH
5693@node Long
5694@section @code{.long @var{expressions}}
5695
5696@cindex @code{long} directive
96e9638b 5697@code{.long} is the same as @samp{.int}. @xref{Int,,@code{.int}}.
252b5132
RH
5698
5699@ignore
5700@c no one seems to know what this is for or whether this description is
5701@c what it really ought to do
5702@node Lsym
5703@section @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5704
5705@cindex @code{lsym} directive
5706@cindex symbol, not referenced in assembly
5707@code{.lsym} creates a new symbol named @var{symbol}, but does not put it in
5708the hash table, ensuring it cannot be referenced by name during the
5709rest of the assembly. This sets the attributes of the symbol to be
5710the same as the expression value:
5711@smallexample
5712@var{other} = @var{descriptor} = 0
5713@var{type} = @r{(section of @var{expression})}
5714@var{value} = @var{expression}
5715@end smallexample
5716@noindent
5717The new symbol is not flagged as external.
5718@end ignore
5719
5720@node Macro
5721@section @code{.macro}
5722
5723@cindex macros
5724The commands @code{.macro} and @code{.endm} allow you to define macros that
5725generate assembly output. For example, this definition specifies a macro
5726@code{sum} that puts a sequence of numbers into memory:
5727
5728@example
5729 .macro sum from=0, to=5
5730 .long \from
5731 .if \to-\from
5732 sum "(\from+1)",\to
5733 .endif
5734 .endm
5735@end example
5736
5737@noindent
5738With that definition, @samp{SUM 0,5} is equivalent to this assembly input:
5739
5740@example
5741 .long 0
5742 .long 1
5743 .long 2
5744 .long 3
5745 .long 4
5746 .long 5
5747@end example
5748
5749@ftable @code
5750@item .macro @var{macname}
5751@itemx .macro @var{macname} @var{macargs} @dots{}
5752@cindex @code{macro} directive
5753Begin the definition of a macro called @var{macname}. If your macro
5754definition requires arguments, specify their names after the macro name,
6eaeac8a
JB
5755separated by commas or spaces. You can qualify the macro argument to
5756indicate whether all invocations must specify a non-blank value (through
5757@samp{:@code{req}}), or whether it takes all of the remaining arguments
5758(through @samp{:@code{vararg}}). You can supply a default value for any
fffeaa5f
JB
5759macro argument by following the name with @samp{=@var{deflt}}. You
5760cannot define two macros with the same @var{macname} unless it has been
96e9638b 5761subject to the @code{.purgem} directive (@pxref{Purgem}) between the two
fffeaa5f 5762definitions. For example, these are all valid @code{.macro} statements:
252b5132
RH
5763
5764@table @code
5765@item .macro comm
5766Begin the definition of a macro called @code{comm}, which takes no
5767arguments.
5768
6258339f 5769@item .macro plus1 p, p1
252b5132
RH
5770@itemx .macro plus1 p p1
5771Either statement begins the definition of a macro called @code{plus1},
5772which takes two arguments; within the macro definition, write
5773@samp{\p} or @samp{\p1} to evaluate the arguments.
5774
5775@item .macro reserve_str p1=0 p2
5776Begin the definition of a macro called @code{reserve_str}, with two
5777arguments. The first argument has a default value, but not the second.
5778After the definition is complete, you can call the macro either as
5779@samp{reserve_str @var{a},@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating to
5780@var{a} and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}), or as @samp{reserve_str
5781,@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating as the default, in this case
5782@samp{0}, and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}).
252b5132 5783
6eaeac8a
JB
5784@item .macro m p1:req, p2=0, p3:vararg
5785Begin the definition of a macro called @code{m}, with at least three
5786arguments. The first argument must always have a value specified, but
5787not the second, which instead has a default value. The third formal
5788will get assigned all remaining arguments specified at invocation time.
5789
252b5132
RH
5790When you call a macro, you can specify the argument values either by
5791position, or by keyword. For example, @samp{sum 9,17} is equivalent to
5792@samp{sum to=17, from=9}.
5793
6258339f
NC
5794@end table
5795
5e75c3ab
JB
5796Note that since each of the @var{macargs} can be an identifier exactly
5797as any other one permitted by the target architecture, there may be
5798occasional problems if the target hand-crafts special meanings to certain
6258339f 5799characters when they occur in a special position. For example, if the colon
5e75c3ab 5800(@code{:}) is generally permitted to be part of a symbol name, but the
6258339f 5801architecture specific code special-cases it when occurring as the final
5e75c3ab
JB
5802character of a symbol (to denote a label), then the macro parameter
5803replacement code will have no way of knowing that and consider the whole
5804construct (including the colon) an identifier, and check only this
6258339f
NC
5805identifier for being the subject to parameter substitution. So for example
5806this macro definition:
5807
5808@example
5809 .macro label l
5810\l:
5811 .endm
5812@end example
5813
5814might not work as expected. Invoking @samp{label foo} might not create a label
5815called @samp{foo} but instead just insert the text @samp{\l:} into the
5816assembler source, probably generating an error about an unrecognised
5817identifier.
5818
5819Similarly problems might occur with the period character (@samp{.})
5820which is often allowed inside opcode names (and hence identifier names). So
5821for example constructing a macro to build an opcode from a base name and a
5822length specifier like this:
5823
5824@example
5825 .macro opcode base length
5826 \base.\length
5827 .endm
5828@end example
5829
5830and invoking it as @samp{opcode store l} will not create a @samp{store.l}
5831instruction but instead generate some kind of error as the assembler tries to
5832interpret the text @samp{\base.\length}.
5833
5834There are several possible ways around this problem:
5835
5836@table @code
5837@item Insert white space
5838If it is possible to use white space characters then this is the simplest
5839solution. eg:
5840
5841@example
5842 .macro label l
5843\l :
5844 .endm
5845@end example
5846
5847@item Use @samp{\()}
5848The string @samp{\()} can be used to separate the end of a macro argument from
5849the following text. eg:
5850
5851@example
5852 .macro opcode base length
5853 \base\().\length
5854 .endm
5855@end example
5856
5857@item Use the alternate macro syntax mode
5858In the alternative macro syntax mode the ampersand character (@samp{&}) can be
5859used as a separator. eg:
5e75c3ab
JB
5860
5861@example
5862 .altmacro
5863 .macro label l
5864l&:
5865 .endm
5866@end example
6258339f 5867@end table
5e75c3ab 5868
96e9638b 5869Note: this problem of correctly identifying string parameters to pseudo ops
01642c12 5870also applies to the identifiers used in @code{.irp} (@pxref{Irp})
96e9638b 5871and @code{.irpc} (@pxref{Irpc}) as well.
5e75c3ab 5872
252b5132
RH
5873@item .endm
5874@cindex @code{endm} directive
5875Mark the end of a macro definition.
5876
5877@item .exitm
5878@cindex @code{exitm} directive
5879Exit early from the current macro definition.
5880
5881@cindex number of macros executed
5882@cindex macros, count executed
5883@item \@@
a4fb0134 5884@command{@value{AS}} maintains a counter of how many macros it has
252b5132
RH
5885executed in this pseudo-variable; you can copy that number to your
5886output with @samp{\@@}, but @emph{only within a macro definition}.
5887
252b5132
RH
5888@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
5889@emph{Warning: @code{LOCAL} is only available if you select ``alternate
caa32fe5
NC
5890macro syntax'' with @samp{--alternate} or @code{.altmacro}.}
5891@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
5892@end ftable
252b5132 5893
ccf8a69b
BW
5894@node MRI
5895@section @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 5896
ccf8a69b
BW
5897@cindex @code{mri} directive
5898@cindex MRI mode, temporarily
5899If @var{val} is non-zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to enter MRI mode. If
5900@var{val} is zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to exit MRI mode. This change
5901affects code assembled until the next @code{.mri} directive, or until the end
5902of the file. @xref{M, MRI mode, MRI mode}.
252b5132 5903
caa32fe5
NC
5904@node Noaltmacro
5905@section @code{.noaltmacro}
96e9638b 5906Disable alternate macro mode. @xref{Altmacro}.
caa32fe5 5907
252b5132
RH
5908@node Nolist
5909@section @code{.nolist}
5910
5911@cindex @code{nolist} directive
5912@cindex listing control, turning off
5913Control (in conjunction with the @code{.list} directive) whether or
5914not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
5915internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
5916counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
5917generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
5918
5919@node Octa
5920@section @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
5921
5922@c FIXME: double size emitted for "octa" on i960, others? Or warn?
5923@cindex @code{octa} directive
5924@cindex integer, 16-byte
5925@cindex sixteen byte integer
5926This directive expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For each
5927bignum, it emits a 16-byte integer.
5928
5929The term ``octa'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
5930hence @emph{octa}-word for 16 bytes.
5931
9aec2026
NC
5932@node Offset
5933@section @code{.offset @var{loc}}
5934
5935@cindex @code{offset} directive
5936Set the location counter to @var{loc} in the absolute section. @var{loc} must
5937be an absolute expression. This directive may be useful for defining
5938symbols with absolute values. Do not confuse it with the @code{.org}
fa94de6b 5939directive.
9aec2026 5940
252b5132
RH
5941@node Org
5942@section @code{.org @var{new-lc} , @var{fill}}
5943
5944@cindex @code{org} directive
5945@cindex location counter, advancing
5946@cindex advancing location counter
5947@cindex current address, advancing
5948Advance the location counter of the current section to
5949@var{new-lc}. @var{new-lc} is either an absolute expression or an
5950expression with the same section as the current subsection. That is,
5951you can't use @code{.org} to cross sections: if @var{new-lc} has the
5952wrong section, the @code{.org} directive is ignored. To be compatible
5953with former assemblers, if the section of @var{new-lc} is absolute,
a4fb0134 5954@command{@value{AS}} issues a warning, then pretends the section of @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
5955is the same as the current subsection.
5956
5957@code{.org} may only increase the location counter, or leave it
5958unchanged; you cannot use @code{.org} to move the location counter
5959backwards.
5960
5961@c double negative used below "not undefined" because this is a specific
5962@c reference to "undefined" (as SEG_UNKNOWN is called in this manual)
5963@c section. doc@cygnus.com 18feb91
a4fb0134 5964Because @command{@value{AS}} tries to assemble programs in one pass, @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
5965may not be undefined. If you really detest this restriction we eagerly await
5966a chance to share your improved assembler.
5967
5968Beware that the origin is relative to the start of the section, not
5969to the start of the subsection. This is compatible with other
5970people's assemblers.
5971
5972When the location counter (of the current subsection) is advanced, the
5973intervening bytes are filled with @var{fill} which should be an
5974absolute expression. If the comma and @var{fill} are omitted,
5975@var{fill} defaults to zero.
5976
5977@node P2align
5978@section @code{.p2align[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
5979
5980@cindex padding the location counter given a power of two
5981@cindex @code{p2align} directive
5982Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
5983storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
5984number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
5985advancement. For example @samp{.p2align 3} advances the location
5986counter until it a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
5987multiple of 8, no change is needed.
5988
5989The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
5990padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
5991padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
5992marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
5993with no-op instructions.
5994
5995The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
5996it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
5997directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
5998specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
5999fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
6000required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
6001with no-op instructions when appropriate.
6002
6003@cindex @code{p2alignw} directive
6004@cindex @code{p2alignl} directive
6005The @code{.p2alignw} and @code{.p2alignl} directives are variants of the
6006@code{.p2align} directive. The @code{.p2alignw} directive treats the fill
6007pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.p2alignl} directives treats the
6008fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.p2alignw
60092,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
6010filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
6011the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
6012undefined.
6013
ccf8a69b
BW
6014@ifset ELF
6015@node PopSection
6016@section @code{.popsection}
6017
6018@cindex @code{popsection} directive
6019@cindex Section Stack
6020This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
6021@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
6022@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.previous}
ccf8a69b
BW
6023(@pxref{Previous}).
6024
6025This directive replaces the current section (and subsection) with the top
6026section (and subsection) on the section stack. This section is popped off the
01642c12 6027stack.
ccf8a69b
BW
6028@end ifset
6029
c91d2e08
NC
6030@ifset ELF
6031@node Previous
6032@section @code{.previous}
6033
c1253627 6034@cindex @code{previous} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6035@cindex Section Stack
6036This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
a349d9dd
PB
6037@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
6038@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.popsection}
6039(@pxref{PopSection}).
c91d2e08
NC
6040
6041This directive swaps the current section (and subsection) with most recently
8b040e0a 6042referenced section/subsection pair prior to this one. Multiple
c91d2e08 6043@code{.previous} directives in a row will flip between two sections (and their
8b040e0a
NC
6044subsections). For example:
6045
6046@smallexample
6047.section A
6048 .subsection 1
6049 .word 0x1234
6050 .subsection 2
6051 .word 0x5678
6052.previous
6053 .word 0x9abc
6054@end smallexample
6055
6056Will place 0x1234 and 0x9abc into subsection 1 and 0x5678 into subsection 2 of
6057section A. Whilst:
6058
6059@smallexample
6060.section A
6061.subsection 1
6062 # Now in section A subsection 1
6063 .word 0x1234
6064.section B
6065.subsection 0
6066 # Now in section B subsection 0
6067 .word 0x5678
6068.subsection 1
6069 # Now in section B subsection 1
6070 .word 0x9abc
6071.previous
6072 # Now in section B subsection 0
6073 .word 0xdef0
6074@end smallexample
6075
6076Will place 0x1234 into section A, 0x5678 and 0xdef0 into subsection 0 of
6077section B and 0x9abc into subsection 1 of section B.
c91d2e08
NC
6078
6079In terms of the section stack, this directive swaps the current section with
6080the top section on the section stack.
6081@end ifset
6082
252b5132
RH
6083@node Print
6084@section @code{.print @var{string}}
6085
6086@cindex @code{print} directive
a4fb0134 6087@command{@value{AS}} will print @var{string} on the standard output during
252b5132
RH
6088assembly. You must put @var{string} in double quotes.
6089
c91d2e08
NC
6090@ifset ELF
6091@node Protected
6092@section @code{.protected @var{names}}
6093
c1253627
NC
6094@cindex @code{protected} directive
6095@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 6096This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
a349d9dd 6097@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden}) and @code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal}).
c91d2e08
NC
6098
6099This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
6100their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
6101@code{protected} which means that any references to the symbols from within the
6102components that defines them must be resolved to the definition in that
6103component, even if a definition in another component would normally preempt
01642c12 6104this.
c91d2e08
NC
6105@end ifset
6106
252b5132
RH
6107@node Psize
6108@section @code{.psize @var{lines} , @var{columns}}
6109
6110@cindex @code{psize} directive
6111@cindex listing control: paper size
6112@cindex paper size, for listings
6113Use this directive to declare the number of lines---and, optionally, the
6114number of columns---to use for each page, when generating listings.
6115
6116If you do not use @code{.psize}, listings use a default line-count
6117of 60. You may omit the comma and @var{columns} specification; the
6118default width is 200 columns.
6119
a4fb0134 6120@command{@value{AS}} generates formfeeds whenever the specified number of
252b5132
RH
6121lines is exceeded (or whenever you explicitly request one, using
6122@code{.eject}).
6123
6124If you specify @var{lines} as @code{0}, no formfeeds are generated save
6125those explicitly specified with @code{.eject}.
6126
6127@node Purgem
6128@section @code{.purgem @var{name}}
6129
6130@cindex @code{purgem} directive
6131Undefine the macro @var{name}, so that later uses of the string will not be
6132expanded. @xref{Macro}.
6133
c91d2e08
NC
6134@ifset ELF
6135@node PushSection
9cfc3331 6136@section @code{.pushsection @var{name} [, @var{subsection}] [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{arguments}]]]}
c91d2e08 6137
c1253627 6138@cindex @code{pushsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6139@cindex Section Stack
6140This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
6141@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
6142@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
a349d9dd 6143(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 6144
e9863d7f
DJ
6145This directive pushes the current section (and subsection) onto the
6146top of the section stack, and then replaces the current section and
9cfc3331
L
6147subsection with @code{name} and @code{subsection}. The optional
6148@code{flags}, @code{type} and @code{arguments} are treated the same
6149as in the @code{.section} (@pxref{Section}) directive.
c91d2e08
NC
6150@end ifset
6151
252b5132
RH
6152@node Quad
6153@section @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
6154
6155@cindex @code{quad} directive
6156@code{.quad} expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For
6157each bignum, it emits
6158@ifclear bignum-16
6159an 8-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 8 bytes, it prints a
6160warning message; and just takes the lowest order 8 bytes of the bignum.
6161@cindex eight-byte integer
6162@cindex integer, 8-byte
6163
6164The term ``quad'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
6165hence @emph{quad}-word for 8 bytes.
6166@end ifclear
6167@ifset bignum-16
6168a 16-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 16 bytes, it prints a
6169warning message; and just takes the lowest order 16 bytes of the bignum.
6170@cindex sixteen-byte integer
6171@cindex integer, 16-byte
6172@end ifset
6173
05e9452c
AM
6174@node Reloc
6175@section @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
6176
6177@cindex @code{reloc} directive
6178Generate a relocation at @var{offset} of type @var{reloc_name} with value
6179@var{expression}. If @var{offset} is a number, the relocation is generated in
6180the current section. If @var{offset} is an expression that resolves to a
6181symbol plus offset, the relocation is generated in the given symbol's section.
6182@var{expression}, if present, must resolve to a symbol plus addend or to an
6183absolute value, but note that not all targets support an addend. e.g. ELF REL
6184targets such as i386 store an addend in the section contents rather than in the
6185relocation. This low level interface does not support addends stored in the
6186section.
6187
252b5132
RH
6188@node Rept
6189@section @code{.rept @var{count}}
6190
6191@cindex @code{rept} directive
6192Repeat the sequence of lines between the @code{.rept} directive and the next
6193@code{.endr} directive @var{count} times.
6194
6195For example, assembling
6196
6197@example
6198 .rept 3
6199 .long 0
6200 .endr
6201@end example
6202
6203is equivalent to assembling
6204
6205@example
6206 .long 0
6207 .long 0
6208 .long 0
6209@end example
6210
6211@node Sbttl
6212@section @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
6213
6214@cindex @code{sbttl} directive
6215@cindex subtitles for listings
6216@cindex listing control: subtitle
6217Use @var{subheading} as the title (third line, immediately after the
6218title line) when generating assembly listings.
6219
6220This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
6221it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
6222
6223@ifset COFF
6224@node Scl
6225@section @code{.scl @var{class}}
6226
6227@cindex @code{scl} directive
6228@cindex symbol storage class (COFF)
6229@cindex COFF symbol storage class
6230Set the storage-class value for a symbol. This directive may only be
6231used inside a @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair. Storage class may flag
6232whether a symbol is static or external, or it may record further
6233symbolic debugging information.
6234@ifset BOUT
6235
6236The @samp{.scl} directive is primarily associated with COFF output; when
a4fb0134 6237configured to generate @code{b.out} output format, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
6238accepts this directive but ignores it.
6239@end ifset
6240@end ifset
6241
c1253627 6242@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6243@node Section
c1253627 6244@section @code{.section @var{name}}
252b5132 6245
252b5132
RH
6246@cindex named section
6247Use the @code{.section} directive to assemble the following code into a section
6248named @var{name}.
6249
6250This directive is only supported for targets that actually support arbitrarily
6251named sections; on @code{a.out} targets, for example, it is not accepted, even
6252with a standard @code{a.out} section name.
6253
c1253627
NC
6254@ifset COFF
6255@ifset ELF
6256@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6257@subheading COFF Version
6258@end ifset
6259
6260@cindex @code{section} directive (COFF version)
252b5132
RH
6261For COFF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used in one of the following
6262ways:
c91d2e08 6263
252b5132
RH
6264@smallexample
6265.section @var{name}[, "@var{flags}"]
4e188d17 6266.section @var{name}[, @var{subsection}]
252b5132
RH
6267@end smallexample
6268
6269If the optional argument is quoted, it is taken as flags to use for the
6270section. Each flag is a single character. The following flags are recognized:
6271@table @code
6272@item b
6273bss section (uninitialized data)
6274@item n
6275section is not loaded
6276@item w
6277writable section
6278@item d
6279data section
70e0ee1a
KT
6280@item e
6281exclude section from linking
252b5132
RH
6282@item r
6283read-only section
6284@item x
6285executable section
2dcc60be
ILT
6286@item s
6287shared section (meaningful for PE targets)
6ff96af6
NC
6288@item a
6289ignored. (For compatibility with the ELF version)
63ad59ae
KT
6290@item y
6291section is not readable (meaningful for PE targets)
31907d5e
DK
6292@item 0-9
6293single-digit power-of-two section alignment (GNU extension)
252b5132
RH
6294@end table
6295
6296If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
6297the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to be
7e84d676
NC
6298loaded and writable. Note the @code{n} and @code{w} flags remove attributes
6299from the section, rather than adding them, so if they are used on their own it
6300will be as if no flags had been specified at all.
252b5132
RH
6301
6302If the optional argument to the @code{.section} directive is not quoted, it is
4e188d17 6303taken as a subsection number (@pxref{Sub-Sections}).
c1253627 6304@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6305
6306@ifset ELF
c1253627
NC
6307@ifset COFF
6308@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6309@subheading ELF Version
6310@end ifset
6311
c91d2e08
NC
6312@cindex Section Stack
6313This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12 6314@code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}), @code{.pushsection}
a349d9dd
PB
6315(@pxref{PushSection}), @code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and
6316@code{.previous} (@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 6317
c1253627 6318@cindex @code{section} directive (ELF version)
252b5132 6319For ELF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 6320
252b5132 6321@smallexample
7047dd1e 6322.section @var{name} [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{flag_specific_arguments}]]]
252b5132 6323@end smallexample
c91d2e08 6324
451133ce
NP
6325@anchor{Section Name Substitutions}
6326@kindex --sectname-subst
6327@cindex section name substitution
6328If the @samp{--sectname-subst} command-line option is provided, the @var{name}
6329argument may contain a substitution sequence. Only @code{%S} is supported
6330at the moment, and substitutes the current section name. For example:
6331
6332@smallexample
6333.macro exception_code
6334.section %S.exception
6335[exception code here]
6336.previous
6337.endm
6338
6339.text
6340[code]
6341exception_code
6342[...]
6343
6344.section .init
6345[init code]
6346exception_code
6347[...]
6348@end smallexample
6349
6350The two @code{exception_code} invocations above would create the
6351@code{.text.exception} and @code{.init.exception} sections respectively.
6352This is useful e.g. to discriminate between anciliary sections that are
6353tied to setup code to be discarded after use from anciliary sections that
6354need to stay resident without having to define multiple @code{exception_code}
6355macros just for that purpose.
6356
252b5132 6357The optional @var{flags} argument is a quoted string which may contain any
a349d9dd 6358combination of the following characters:
252b5132
RH
6359@table @code
6360@item a
6361section is allocatable
18ae9cc1
L
6362@item e
6363section is excluded from executable and shared library.
252b5132
RH
6364@item w
6365section is writable
6366@item x
6367section is executable
ec38dd05
JJ
6368@item M
6369section is mergeable
6370@item S
6371section contains zero terminated strings
22fe14ad
NC
6372@item G
6373section is a member of a section group
6374@item T
6375section is used for thread-local-storage
01642c12
RM
6376@item ?
6377section is a member of the previously-current section's group, if any
9fb71ee4
NC
6378@item @var{number}
6379a numeric value indicating the bits to be set in the ELF section header's flags
6380field. Note - if one or more of the alphabetic characters described above is
6381also included in the flags field, their bit values will be ORed into the
6382resulting value.
6383@item @{target specific}
6384some targets extend this list with their own types
252b5132
RH
6385@end table
6386
9fb71ee4
NC
6387Note - once a section's flags have been set they cannot be changed. There are
6388a few exceptions to this rule however. Processor and application specific
6389flags can be added to an already defined section. The @code{.interp},
6390@code{.strtab} and @code{.symtab} sections can have the allocate flag
6391(@code{a}) set after they are initially defined, and the @code{.note-GNU-stack}
6392section may have the executable (@code(x)) flag added.
6393
252b5132
RH
6394The optional @var{type} argument may contain one of the following constants:
6395@table @code
6396@item @@progbits
6397section contains data
6398@item @@nobits
6399section does not contain data (i.e., section only occupies space)
22fe14ad
NC
6400@item @@note
6401section contains data which is used by things other than the program
10b016c2
PB
6402@item @@init_array
6403section contains an array of pointers to init functions
6404@item @@fini_array
6405section contains an array of pointers to finish functions
6406@item @@preinit_array
6407section contains an array of pointers to pre-init functions
9fb71ee4
NC
6408@item @@@var{number}
6409a numeric value to be set as the ELF section header's type field.
6410@item @@@{target specific}
6411some targets extend this list with their own types
252b5132
RH
6412@end table
6413
9fb71ee4
NC
6414Many targets only support the first three section types. The type may be
6415enclosed in double quotes if necessary.
10b016c2 6416
ececec60
NC
6417Note on targets where the @code{@@} character is the start of a comment (eg
6418ARM) then another character is used instead. For example the ARM port uses the
6419@code{%} character.
6420
9fb71ee4
NC
6421Note - some sections, eg @code{.text} and @code{.data} are considered to be
6422special and have fixed types. Any attempt to declare them with a different
6423type will generate an error from the assembler.
6424
22fe14ad 6425If @var{flags} contains the @code{M} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
96e9638b 6426be specified as well as an extra argument---@var{entsize}---like this:
22fe14ad
NC
6427
6428@smallexample
6429.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"M, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}
6430@end smallexample
6431
6432Sections with the @code{M} flag but not @code{S} flag must contain fixed size
6433constants, each @var{entsize} octets long. Sections with both @code{M} and
6434@code{S} must contain zero terminated strings where each character is
6435@var{entsize} bytes long. The linker may remove duplicates within sections with
6436the same name, same entity size and same flags. @var{entsize} must be an
90dce00a
AM
6437absolute expression. For sections with both @code{M} and @code{S}, a string
6438which is a suffix of a larger string is considered a duplicate. Thus
6439@code{"def"} will be merged with @code{"abcdef"}; A reference to the first
6440@code{"def"} will be changed to a reference to @code{"abcdef"+3}.
22fe14ad
NC
6441
6442If @var{flags} contains the @code{G} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
6443be present along with an additional field like this:
6444
6445@smallexample
6446.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"G, @@@var{type}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
6447@end smallexample
6448
6449The @var{GroupName} field specifies the name of the section group to which this
6450particular section belongs. The optional linkage field can contain:
6451@table @code
6452@item comdat
6453indicates that only one copy of this section should be retained
6454@item .gnu.linkonce
6455an alias for comdat
6456@end table
6457
96e9638b 6458Note: if both the @var{M} and @var{G} flags are present then the fields for
22fe14ad
NC
6459the Merge flag should come first, like this:
6460
6461@smallexample
6462.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"MG, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
6463@end smallexample
ec38dd05 6464
01642c12
RM
6465If @var{flags} contains the @code{?} symbol then it may not also contain the
6466@code{G} symbol and the @var{GroupName} or @var{linkage} fields should not be
6467present. Instead, @code{?} says to consider the section that's current before
6468this directive. If that section used @code{G}, then the new section will use
6469@code{G} with those same @var{GroupName} and @var{linkage} fields implicitly.
6470If not, then the @code{?} symbol has no effect.
6471
252b5132
RH
6472If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
6473the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to have
6474none of the above flags: it will not be allocated in memory, nor writable, nor
6475executable. The section will contain data.
6476
6477For ELF targets, the assembler supports another type of @code{.section}
6478directive for compatibility with the Solaris assembler:
c91d2e08 6479
252b5132
RH
6480@smallexample
6481.section "@var{name}"[, @var{flags}...]
6482@end smallexample
c91d2e08 6483
252b5132
RH
6484Note that the section name is quoted. There may be a sequence of comma
6485separated flags:
6486@table @code
6487@item #alloc
6488section is allocatable
6489@item #write
6490section is writable
6491@item #execinstr
6492section is executable
18ae9cc1
L
6493@item #exclude
6494section is excluded from executable and shared library.
22fe14ad
NC
6495@item #tls
6496section is used for thread local storage
252b5132 6497@end table
c91d2e08 6498
e9863d7f
DJ
6499This directive replaces the current section and subsection. See the
6500contents of the gas testsuite directory @code{gas/testsuite/gas/elf} for
6501some examples of how this directive and the other section stack directives
6502work.
c1253627
NC
6503@end ifset
6504@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6505
6506@node Set
6507@section @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
6508
6509@cindex @code{set} directive
6510@cindex symbol value, setting
6511Set the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}. This
6512changes @var{symbol}'s value and type to conform to
6513@var{expression}. If @var{symbol} was flagged as external, it remains
6514flagged (@pxref{Symbol Attributes}).
6515
5d239759
NC
6516You may @code{.set} a symbol many times in the same assembly provided that the
6517values given to the symbol are constants. Values that are based on expressions
6518involving other symbols are allowed, but some targets may restrict this to only
6519being done once per assembly. This is because those targets do not set the
6520addresses of symbols at assembly time, but rather delay the assignment until a
6521final link is performed. This allows the linker a chance to change the code in
6522the files, changing the location of, and the relative distance between, various
6523different symbols.
252b5132
RH
6524
6525If you @code{.set} a global symbol, the value stored in the object
6526file is the last value stored into it.
6527
3c9b82ba
NC
6528@ifset Z80
6529On Z80 @code{set} is a real instruction, use
6530@samp{@var{symbol} defl @var{expression}} instead.
6531@end ifset
6532
252b5132
RH
6533@node Short
6534@section @code{.short @var{expressions}}
6535
6536@cindex @code{short} directive
6537@ifset GENERIC
6538@code{.short} is normally the same as @samp{.word}.
6539@xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
6540
6541In some configurations, however, @code{.short} and @code{.word} generate
96e9638b 6542numbers of different lengths. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
6543@end ifset
6544@ifclear GENERIC
6545@ifset W16
6546@code{.short} is the same as @samp{.word}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
6547@end ifset
6548@ifset W32
6549This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
6550a 16 bit number for each.
6551@end ifset
6552@end ifclear
6553
6554@node Single
6555@section @code{.single @var{flonums}}
6556
6557@cindex @code{single} directive
6558@cindex floating point numbers (single)
6559This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
6560has the same effect as @code{.float}.
6561@ifset GENERIC
6562The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 6563@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
6564@end ifset
6565@ifclear GENERIC
6566@ifset IEEEFLOAT
6567On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.single} emits 32-bit floating point
6568numbers in @sc{ieee} format.
6569@end ifset
6570@end ifclear
6571
c1253627 6572@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6573@node Size
c1253627 6574@section @code{.size}
c91d2e08 6575
c1253627
NC
6576This directive is used to set the size associated with a symbol.
6577
6578@ifset COFF
6579@ifset ELF
6580@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6581@subheading COFF Version
6582@end ifset
6583
6584@cindex @code{size} directive (COFF version)
6585For COFF targets, the @code{.size} directive is only permitted inside
6586@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
6587
6588@smallexample
6589.size @var{expression}
6590@end smallexample
252b5132 6591
c91d2e08 6592@ifset BOUT
252b5132 6593@samp{.size} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6594@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
6595ignores it.
6596@end ifset
c1253627 6597@end ifset
c91d2e08 6598
c1253627
NC
6599@ifset ELF
6600@ifset COFF
6601@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6602@subheading ELF Version
6603@end ifset
6604
6605@cindex @code{size} directive (ELF version)
6606For ELF targets, the @code{.size} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 6607
c1253627
NC
6608@smallexample
6609.size @var{name} , @var{expression}
6610@end smallexample
6611
6612This directive sets the size associated with a symbol @var{name}.
c91d2e08
NC
6613The size in bytes is computed from @var{expression} which can make use of label
6614arithmetic. This directive is typically used to set the size of function
6615symbols.
c1253627
NC
6616@end ifset
6617@end ifset
252b5132 6618
252b5132
RH
6619@ifclear no-space-dir
6620@node Skip
6621@section @code{.skip @var{size} , @var{fill}}
6622
6623@cindex @code{skip} directive
6624@cindex filling memory
6625This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
6626@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma and
6627@var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same as
6628@samp{.space}.
884f0d36 6629@end ifclear
252b5132 6630
ccf8a69b
BW
6631@node Sleb128
6632@section @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
6633
6634@cindex @code{sleb128} directive
01642c12 6635@var{sleb128} stands for ``signed little endian base 128.'' This is a
ccf8a69b
BW
6636compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
6637symbolic debugging format. @xref{Uleb128, ,@code{.uleb128}}.
6638
884f0d36 6639@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132
RH
6640@node Space
6641@section @code{.space @var{size} , @var{fill}}
6642
6643@cindex @code{space} directive
6644@cindex filling memory
6645This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
6646@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma
6647and @var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same
6648as @samp{.skip}.
6649
6650@ifset HPPA
6651@quotation
6652@emph{Warning:} @code{.space} has a completely different meaning for HPPA
6653targets; use @code{.block} as a substitute. See @cite{HP9000 Series 800
6654Assembly Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) for the meaning of the
6655@code{.space} directive. @xref{HPPA Directives,,HPPA Assembler Directives},
6656for a summary.
6657@end quotation
6658@end ifset
6659@end ifclear
6660
252b5132
RH
6661@ifset have-stabs
6662@node Stab
6663@section @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
6664
6665@cindex symbolic debuggers, information for
6666@cindex @code{stab@var{x}} directives
6667There are three directives that begin @samp{.stab}.
6668All emit symbols (@pxref{Symbols}), for use by symbolic debuggers.
a4fb0134 6669The symbols are not entered in the @command{@value{AS}} hash table: they
252b5132
RH
6670cannot be referenced elsewhere in the source file.
6671Up to five fields are required:
6672
6673@table @var
6674@item string
6675This is the symbol's name. It may contain any character except
6676@samp{\000}, so is more general than ordinary symbol names. Some
6677debuggers used to code arbitrarily complex structures into symbol names
6678using this field.
6679
6680@item type
6681An absolute expression. The symbol's type is set to the low 8 bits of
6682this expression. Any bit pattern is permitted, but @code{@value{LD}}
6683and debuggers choke on silly bit patterns.
6684
6685@item other
6686An absolute expression. The symbol's ``other'' attribute is set to the
6687low 8 bits of this expression.
6688
6689@item desc
6690An absolute expression. The symbol's descriptor is set to the low 16
6691bits of this expression.
6692
6693@item value
6694An absolute expression which becomes the symbol's value.
6695@end table
6696
6697If a warning is detected while reading a @code{.stabd}, @code{.stabn},
6698or @code{.stabs} statement, the symbol has probably already been created;
6699you get a half-formed symbol in your object file. This is
6700compatible with earlier assemblers!
6701
6702@table @code
6703@cindex @code{stabd} directive
6704@item .stabd @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc}
6705
6706The ``name'' of the symbol generated is not even an empty string.
6707It is a null pointer, for compatibility. Older assemblers used a
6708null pointer so they didn't waste space in object files with empty
6709strings.
6710
6711The symbol's value is set to the location counter,
6712relocatably. When your program is linked, the value of this symbol
6713is the address of the location counter when the @code{.stabd} was
6714assembled.
6715
6716@cindex @code{stabn} directive
6717@item .stabn @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
6718The name of the symbol is set to the empty string @code{""}.
6719
6720@cindex @code{stabs} directive
6721@item .stabs @var{string} , @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
6722All five fields are specified.
6723@end table
6724@end ifset
6725@c end have-stabs
6726
6727@node String
38a57ae7 6728@section @code{.string} "@var{str}", @code{.string8} "@var{str}", @code{.string16}
01642c12 6729"@var{str}", @code{.string32} "@var{str}", @code{.string64} "@var{str}"
252b5132
RH
6730
6731@cindex string, copying to object file
38a57ae7
NC
6732@cindex string8, copying to object file
6733@cindex string16, copying to object file
6734@cindex string32, copying to object file
6735@cindex string64, copying to object file
252b5132 6736@cindex @code{string} directive
38a57ae7
NC
6737@cindex @code{string8} directive
6738@cindex @code{string16} directive
6739@cindex @code{string32} directive
6740@cindex @code{string64} directive
252b5132
RH
6741
6742Copy the characters in @var{str} to the object file. You may specify more than
6743one string to copy, separated by commas. Unless otherwise specified for a
6744particular machine, the assembler marks the end of each string with a 0 byte.
6745You can use any of the escape sequences described in @ref{Strings,,Strings}.
6746
01642c12 6747The variants @code{string16}, @code{string32} and @code{string64} differ from
38a57ae7
NC
6748the @code{string} pseudo opcode in that each 8-bit character from @var{str} is
6749copied and expanded to 16, 32 or 64 bits respectively. The expanded characters
6750are stored in target endianness byte order.
6751
6752Example:
6753@smallexample
6754 .string32 "BYE"
6755expands to:
6756 .string "B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E\0\0\0" /* On little endian targets. */
6757 .string "\0\0\0B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E" /* On big endian targets. */
6758@end smallexample
6759
6760
252b5132
RH
6761@node Struct
6762@section @code{.struct @var{expression}}
6763
6764@cindex @code{struct} directive
6765Switch to the absolute section, and set the section offset to @var{expression},
6766which must be an absolute expression. You might use this as follows:
6767@smallexample
6768 .struct 0
6769field1:
6770 .struct field1 + 4
6771field2:
6772 .struct field2 + 4
6773field3:
6774@end smallexample
6775This would define the symbol @code{field1} to have the value 0, the symbol
6776@code{field2} to have the value 4, and the symbol @code{field3} to have the
6777value 8. Assembly would be left in the absolute section, and you would need to
6778use a @code{.section} directive of some sort to change to some other section
6779before further assembly.
6780
c91d2e08
NC
6781@ifset ELF
6782@node SubSection
6783@section @code{.subsection @var{name}}
6784
c1253627 6785@cindex @code{subsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6786@cindex Section Stack
6787This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
6788@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}),
6789@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
a349d9dd 6790(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08
NC
6791
6792This directive replaces the current subsection with @code{name}. The current
6793section is not changed. The replaced subsection is put onto the section stack
6794in place of the then current top of stack subsection.
c91d2e08
NC
6795@end ifset
6796
252b5132
RH
6797@ifset ELF
6798@node Symver
6799@section @code{.symver}
6800@cindex @code{symver} directive
6801@cindex symbol versioning
6802@cindex versions of symbols
6803Use the @code{.symver} directive to bind symbols to specific version nodes
6804within a source file. This is only supported on ELF platforms, and is
6805typically used when assembling files to be linked into a shared library.
6806There are cases where it may make sense to use this in objects to be bound
6807into an application itself so as to override a versioned symbol from a
6808shared library.
6809
79082ff0 6810For ELF targets, the @code{.symver} directive can be used like this:
252b5132
RH
6811@smallexample
6812.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@nodename}
6813@end smallexample
339681c0 6814If the symbol @var{name} is defined within the file
79082ff0 6815being assembled, the @code{.symver} directive effectively creates a symbol
252b5132
RH
6816alias with the name @var{name2@@nodename}, and in fact the main reason that we
6817just don't try and create a regular alias is that the @var{@@} character isn't
6818permitted in symbol names. The @var{name2} part of the name is the actual name
6819of the symbol by which it will be externally referenced. The name @var{name}
6820itself is merely a name of convenience that is used so that it is possible to
6821have definitions for multiple versions of a function within a single source
6822file, and so that the compiler can unambiguously know which version of a
6823function is being mentioned. The @var{nodename} portion of the alias should be
6824the name of a node specified in the version script supplied to the linker when
6825building a shared library. If you are attempting to override a versioned
6826symbol from a shared library, then @var{nodename} should correspond to the
6827nodename of the symbol you are trying to override.
339681c0
L
6828
6829If the symbol @var{name} is not defined within the file being assembled, all
6830references to @var{name} will be changed to @var{name2@@nodename}. If no
6831reference to @var{name} is made, @var{name2@@nodename} will be removed from the
6832symbol table.
79082ff0
L
6833
6834Another usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
6835@smallexample
6836.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@nodename}
6837@end smallexample
6838In this case, the symbol @var{name} must exist and be defined within
a349d9dd 6839the file being assembled. It is similar to @var{name2@@nodename}. The
79082ff0
L
6840difference is @var{name2@@@@nodename} will also be used to resolve
6841references to @var{name2} by the linker.
6842
6843The third usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
6844@smallexample
6845.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@@@nodename}
6846@end smallexample
6847When @var{name} is not defined within the
6848file being assembled, it is treated as @var{name2@@nodename}. When
6849@var{name} is defined within the file being assembled, the symbol
6850name, @var{name}, will be changed to @var{name2@@@@nodename}.
252b5132
RH
6851@end ifset
6852
6853@ifset COFF
6854@node Tag
6855@section @code{.tag @var{structname}}
6856
6857@cindex COFF structure debugging
6858@cindex structure debugging, COFF
6859@cindex @code{tag} directive
6860This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
6861information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
6862@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. Tags are used to link structure
6863definitions in the symbol table with instances of those structures.
6864@ifset BOUT
6865
6866@samp{.tag} is only used when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6867@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
6868ignores it.
6869@end ifset
6870@end ifset
6871
6872@node Text
6873@section @code{.text @var{subsection}}
6874
6875@cindex @code{text} directive
a4fb0134 6876Tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the end of
252b5132
RH
6877the text subsection numbered @var{subsection}, which is an absolute
6878expression. If @var{subsection} is omitted, subsection number zero
6879is used.
6880
6881@node Title
6882@section @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
6883
6884@cindex @code{title} directive
6885@cindex listing control: title line
6886Use @var{heading} as the title (second line, immediately after the
6887source file name and pagenumber) when generating assembly listings.
6888
6889This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
6890it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
6891
c1253627 6892@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6893@node Type
c1253627
NC
6894@section @code{.type}
6895
6896This directive is used to set the type of a symbol.
6897
6898@ifset COFF
6899@ifset ELF
6900@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6901@subheading COFF Version
6902@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6903
6904@cindex COFF symbol type
6905@cindex symbol type, COFF
c1253627
NC
6906@cindex @code{type} directive (COFF version)
6907For COFF targets, this directive is permitted only within
6908@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
6909
6910@smallexample
6911.type @var{int}
6912@end smallexample
6913
6914This records the integer @var{int} as the type attribute of a symbol table
6915entry.
252b5132 6916
c91d2e08 6917@ifset BOUT
252b5132 6918@samp{.type} is associated only with COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6919@command{@value{AS}} is configured for @code{b.out} output, it accepts this
252b5132
RH
6920directive but ignores it.
6921@end ifset
c1253627 6922@end ifset
c91d2e08 6923
c1253627
NC
6924@ifset ELF
6925@ifset COFF
6926@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6927@subheading ELF Version
6928@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
6929
6930@cindex ELF symbol type
6931@cindex symbol type, ELF
c1253627
NC
6932@cindex @code{type} directive (ELF version)
6933For ELF targets, the @code{.type} directive is used like this:
6934
6935@smallexample
6936.type @var{name} , @var{type description}
6937@end smallexample
6938
6939This sets the type of symbol @var{name} to be either a
a349d9dd 6940function symbol or an object symbol. There are five different syntaxes
c91d2e08 6941supported for the @var{type description} field, in order to provide
28c9d252 6942compatibility with various other assemblers.
58ab4f3d
MM
6943
6944Because some of the characters used in these syntaxes (such as @samp{@@} and
6945@samp{#}) are comment characters for some architectures, some of the syntaxes
6946below do not work on all architectures. The first variant will be accepted by
6947the GNU assembler on all architectures so that variant should be used for
6948maximum portability, if you do not need to assemble your code with other
6949assemblers.
6950
6951The syntaxes supported are:
c91d2e08
NC
6952
6953@smallexample
5671778d
NC
6954 .type <name> STT_<TYPE_IN_UPPER_CASE>
6955 .type <name>,#<type>
6956 .type <name>,@@<type>
e7c33416 6957 .type <name>,%<type>
5671778d
NC
6958 .type <name>,"<type>"
6959@end smallexample
6960
6961The types supported are:
58ab4f3d 6962
5671778d
NC
6963@table @gcctabopt
6964@item STT_FUNC
6965@itemx function
6966Mark the symbol as being a function name.
c91d2e08 6967
d8045f23
NC
6968@item STT_GNU_IFUNC
6969@itemx gnu_indirect_function
6970Mark the symbol as an indirect function when evaluated during reloc
9c55345c 6971processing. (This is only supported on assemblers targeting GNU systems).
d8045f23 6972
5671778d
NC
6973@item STT_OBJECT
6974@itemx object
6975Mark the symbol as being a data object.
6976
6977@item STT_TLS
6978@itemx tls_object
6979Mark the symbol as being a thead-local data object.
6980
6981@item STT_COMMON
6982@itemx common
6983Mark the symbol as being a common data object.
e7c33416
NC
6984
6985@item STT_NOTYPE
6986@itemx notype
6987Does not mark the symbol in any way. It is supported just for completeness.
6988
3e7a7d11
NC
6989@item gnu_unique_object
6990Marks the symbol as being a globally unique data object. The dynamic linker
6991will make sure that in the entire process there is just one symbol with this
9c55345c
TS
6992name and type in use. (This is only supported on assemblers targeting GNU
6993systems).
3e7a7d11 6994
5671778d
NC
6995@end table
6996
6997Note: Some targets support extra types in addition to those listed above.
c91d2e08 6998
c1253627
NC
6999@end ifset
7000@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
7001
7002@node Uleb128
7003@section @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
7004
7005@cindex @code{uleb128} directive
01642c12 7006@var{uleb128} stands for ``unsigned little endian base 128.'' This is a
c91d2e08 7007compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
96e9638b 7008symbolic debugging format. @xref{Sleb128, ,@code{.sleb128}}.
252b5132
RH
7009
7010@ifset COFF
7011@node Val
7012@section @code{.val @var{addr}}
7013
7014@cindex @code{val} directive
7015@cindex COFF value attribute
7016@cindex value attribute, COFF
7017This directive, permitted only within @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs,
7018records the address @var{addr} as the value attribute of a symbol table
7019entry.
7020@ifset BOUT
7021
a4fb0134 7022@samp{.val} is used only for COFF output; when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132
RH
7023configured for @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but ignores it.
7024@end ifset
7025@end ifset
7026
2e13b764 7027@ifset ELF
c91d2e08
NC
7028@node Version
7029@section @code{.version "@var{string}"}
2e13b764 7030
c1253627 7031@cindex @code{version} directive
c91d2e08
NC
7032This directive creates a @code{.note} section and places into it an ELF
7033formatted note of type NT_VERSION. The note's name is set to @code{string}.
9a297610 7034@end ifset
2e13b764 7035
c91d2e08
NC
7036@ifset ELF
7037@node VTableEntry
7038@section @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
2e13b764 7039
653cfe85 7040@cindex @code{vtable_entry} directive
c91d2e08
NC
7041This directive finds or creates a symbol @code{table} and creates a
7042@code{VTABLE_ENTRY} relocation for it with an addend of @code{offset}.
2e13b764 7043
c91d2e08
NC
7044@node VTableInherit
7045@section @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 7046
653cfe85 7047@cindex @code{vtable_inherit} directive
c91d2e08
NC
7048This directive finds the symbol @code{child} and finds or creates the symbol
7049@code{parent} and then creates a @code{VTABLE_INHERIT} relocation for the
a349d9dd 7050parent whose addend is the value of the child symbol. As a special case the
96e9638b 7051parent name of @code{0} is treated as referring to the @code{*ABS*} section.
c91d2e08 7052@end ifset
2e13b764 7053
d190d046
HPN
7054@node Warning
7055@section @code{.warning "@var{string}"}
7056@cindex warning directive
7057Similar to the directive @code{.error}
7058(@pxref{Error,,@code{.error "@var{string}"}}), but just emits a warning.
7059
c91d2e08
NC
7060@node Weak
7061@section @code{.weak @var{names}}
2e13b764 7062
c1253627 7063@cindex @code{weak} directive
a349d9dd 7064This directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c91d2e08 7065@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
c87db184 7066
01642c12 7067On COFF targets other than PE, weak symbols are a GNU extension. This
977cdf5a 7068directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c87db184
CF
7069@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
7070
977cdf5a 7071On the PE target, weak symbols are supported natively as weak aliases.
01642c12 7072When a weak symbol is created that is not an alias, GAS creates an
977cdf5a 7073alternate symbol to hold the default value.
2e13b764 7074
06e77878
AO
7075@node Weakref
7076@section @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{target}}
7077
7078@cindex @code{weakref} directive
7079This directive creates an alias to the target symbol that enables the symbol to
7080be referenced with weak-symbol semantics, but without actually making it weak.
7081If direct references or definitions of the symbol are present, then the symbol
7082will not be weak, but if all references to it are through weak references, the
7083symbol will be marked as weak in the symbol table.
7084
7085The effect is equivalent to moving all references to the alias to a separate
7086assembly source file, renaming the alias to the symbol in it, declaring the
7087symbol as weak there, and running a reloadable link to merge the object files
7088resulting from the assembly of the new source file and the old source file that
7089had the references to the alias removed.
7090
7091The alias itself never makes to the symbol table, and is entirely handled
7092within the assembler.
7093
252b5132
RH
7094@node Word
7095@section @code{.word @var{expressions}}
7096
7097@cindex @code{word} directive
7098This directive expects zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section,
7099separated by commas.
7100@ifclear GENERIC
7101@ifset W32
a4fb0134 7102For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 32-bit number.
252b5132
RH
7103@end ifset
7104@ifset W16
a4fb0134 7105For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 16-bit number.
252b5132
RH
7106@end ifset
7107@end ifclear
7108@ifset GENERIC
7109
7110The size of the number emitted, and its byte order,
7111depend on what target computer the assembly is for.
7112@end ifset
7113
7114@c on amd29k, i960, sparc the "special treatment to support compilers" doesn't
7115@c happen---32-bit addressability, period; no long/short jumps.
7116@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
7117@cindex difference tables altered
7118@cindex altered difference tables
7119@quotation
7120@emph{Warning: Special Treatment to support Compilers}
7121@end quotation
7122
7123@ifset GENERIC
7124Machines with a 32-bit address space, but that do less than 32-bit
7125addressing, require the following special treatment. If the machine of
7126interest to you does 32-bit addressing (or doesn't require it;
7127@pxref{Machine Dependencies}), you can ignore this issue.
7128
7129@end ifset
7130In order to assemble compiler output into something that works,
a4fb0134 7131@command{@value{AS}} occasionally does strange things to @samp{.word} directives.
252b5132 7132Directives of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2} are often emitted by
a4fb0134 7133compilers as part of jump tables. Therefore, when @command{@value{AS}} assembles a
252b5132 7134directive of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2}, and the difference between
a4fb0134 7135@code{sym1} and @code{sym2} does not fit in 16 bits, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
7136creates a @dfn{secondary jump table}, immediately before the next label.
7137This secondary jump table is preceded by a short-jump to the
7138first byte after the secondary table. This short-jump prevents the flow
7139of control from accidentally falling into the new table. Inside the
7140table is a long-jump to @code{sym2}. The original @samp{.word}
7141contains @code{sym1} minus the address of the long-jump to
7142@code{sym2}.
7143
7144If there were several occurrences of @samp{.word sym1-sym2} before the
7145secondary jump table, all of them are adjusted. If there was a
7146@samp{.word sym3-sym4}, that also did not fit in sixteen bits, a
7147long-jump to @code{sym4} is included in the secondary jump table,
7148and the @code{.word} directives are adjusted to contain @code{sym3}
7149minus the address of the long-jump to @code{sym4}; and so on, for as many
7150entries in the original jump table as necessary.
7151
7152@ifset INTERNALS
a4fb0134 7153@emph{This feature may be disabled by compiling @command{@value{AS}} with the
252b5132
RH
7154@samp{-DWORKING_DOT_WORD} option.} This feature is likely to confuse
7155assembly language programmers.
7156@end ifset
7157@end ifset
7158@c end DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
7159
7ce98c16
NC
7160@ifclear no-space-dir
7161@node Zero
7162@section @code{.zero @var{size}}
7163
7164@cindex @code{zero} directive
7165@cindex filling memory with zero bytes
7166This directive emits @var{size} 0-valued bytes. @var{size} must be an absolute
7167expression. This directive is actually an alias for the @samp{.skip} directive
7168so in can take an optional second argument of the value to store in the bytes
7169instead of zero. Using @samp{.zero} in this way would be confusing however.
7170@end ifclear
7171
252b5132
RH
7172@node Deprecated
7173@section Deprecated Directives
7174
7175@cindex deprecated directives
7176@cindex obsolescent directives
7177One day these directives won't work.
7178They are included for compatibility with older assemblers.
7179@table @t
7180@item .abort
7181@item .line
7182@end table
7183
3a99f02f
DJ
7184@ifset ELF
7185@node Object Attributes
7186@chapter Object Attributes
7187@cindex object attributes
7188
7189@command{@value{AS}} assembles source files written for a specific architecture
7190into object files for that architecture. But not all object files are alike.
7191Many architectures support incompatible variations. For instance, floating
7192point arguments might be passed in floating point registers if the object file
7193requires hardware floating point support---or floating point arguments might be
7194passed in integer registers if the object file supports processors with no
7195hardware floating point unit. Or, if two objects are built for different
7196generations of the same architecture, the combination may require the
7197newer generation at run-time.
7198
7199This information is useful during and after linking. At link time,
7200@command{@value{LD}} can warn about incompatible object files. After link
7201time, tools like @command{gdb} can use it to process the linked file
7202correctly.
7203
7204Compatibility information is recorded as a series of object attributes. Each
7205attribute has a @dfn{vendor}, @dfn{tag}, and @dfn{value}. The vendor is a
7206string, and indicates who sets the meaning of the tag. The tag is an integer,
7207and indicates what property the attribute describes. The value may be a string
7208or an integer, and indicates how the property affects this object. Missing
7209attributes are the same as attributes with a zero value or empty string value.
7210
7211Object attributes were developed as part of the ABI for the ARM Architecture.
7212The file format is documented in @cite{ELF for the ARM Architecture}.
7213
7214@menu
7215* GNU Object Attributes:: @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
7216* Defining New Object Attributes:: Defining New Object Attributes
7217@end menu
7218
7219@node GNU Object Attributes
7220@section @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
7221
7222The @code{.gnu_attribute} directive records an object attribute
7223with vendor @samp{gnu}.
7224
7225Except for @samp{Tag_compatibility}, which has both an integer and a string for
7226its value, @sc{gnu} attributes have a string value if the tag number is odd and
7227an integer value if the tag number is even. The second bit (@code{@var{tag} &
72282} is set for architecture-independent attributes and clear for
7229architecture-dependent ones.
7230
7231@subsection Common @sc{gnu} attributes
7232
7233These attributes are valid on all architectures.
7234
7235@table @r
7236@item Tag_compatibility (32)
7237The compatibility attribute takes an integer flag value and a vendor name. If
7238the flag value is 0, the file is compatible with other toolchains. If it is 1,
7239then the file is only compatible with the named toolchain. If it is greater
7240than 1, the file can only be processed by other toolchains under some private
7241arrangement indicated by the flag value and the vendor name.
7242@end table
7243
7244@subsection MIPS Attributes
7245
7246@table @r
7247@item Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP (4)
7248The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7249
7250@itemize @bullet
7251@item
72520 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
7253@item
f179c512
MF
72541 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a standard
7255double-precision FPU.
3a99f02f
DJ
7256@item
72572 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a single-precision FPU.
7258@item
72593 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
42554f6a 7260@item
f179c512
MF
72614 for files using the deprecated hardware floating-point ABI which used 64-bit
7262floating-point registers, 32-bit general-purpose registers and increased the
7263number of callee-saved floating-point registers.
7264@item
72655 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a double-precision FPU
7266with either 32-bit or 64-bit floating-point registers and 32-bit
7267general-purpose registers.
7268@item
72696 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with 64-bit floating-point
7270registers and 32-bit general-purpose registers.
7271@item
72727 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with 64-bit floating-point
7273registers, 32-bit general-purpose registers and a rule that forbids the
7274direct use of odd-numbered single-precision floating-point registers.
3a99f02f
DJ
7275@end itemize
7276@end table
7277
7278@subsection PowerPC Attributes
7279
7280@table @r
7281@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP (4)
7282The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7283
7284@itemize @bullet
7285@item
72860 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
7287@item
3c7b9897 72881 for files using double-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
7289@item
72902 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
3c7b9897
AM
7291@item
72923 for files using single-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
7293@end itemize
7294
7295@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector (8)
7296The vector ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7297
7298@itemize @bullet
7299@item
73000 for files not affected by the vector ABI.
7301@item
73021 for files using general purpose registers to pass vectors.
7303@item
73042 for files using AltiVec registers to pass vectors.
7305@item
73063 for files using SPE registers to pass vectors.
7307@end itemize
7308@end table
7309
643f7afb
AK
7310@subsection IBM z Systems Attributes
7311
7312@table @r
7313@item Tag_GNU_S390_ABI_Vector (8)
7314The vector ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7315
7316@itemize @bullet
7317@item
73180 for files not affected by the vector ABI.
7319@item
73201 for files using software vector ABI.
7321@item
73222 for files using hardware vector ABI.
7323@end itemize
7324@end table
7325
3a99f02f
DJ
7326@node Defining New Object Attributes
7327@section Defining New Object Attributes
7328
7329If you want to define a new @sc{gnu} object attribute, here are the places you
7330will need to modify. New attributes should be discussed on the @samp{binutils}
7331mailing list.
7332
7333@itemize @bullet
7334@item
7335This manual, which is the official register of attributes.
7336@item
7337The header for your architecture @file{include/elf}, to define the tag.
7338@item
7339The @file{bfd} support file for your architecture, to merge the attribute
7340and issue any appropriate link warnings.
7341@item
7342Test cases in @file{ld/testsuite} for merging and link warnings.
7343@item
7344@file{binutils/readelf.c} to display your attribute.
7345@item
7346GCC, if you want the compiler to mark the attribute automatically.
7347@end itemize
7348
7349@end ifset
7350
252b5132
RH
7351@ifset GENERIC
7352@node Machine Dependencies
7353@chapter Machine Dependent Features
7354
7355@cindex machine dependencies
7356The machine instruction sets are (almost by definition) different on
a4fb0134
SC
7357each machine where @command{@value{AS}} runs. Floating point representations
7358vary as well, and @command{@value{AS}} often supports a few additional
252b5132
RH
7359directives or command-line options for compatibility with other
7360assemblers on a particular platform. Finally, some versions of
a4fb0134 7361@command{@value{AS}} support special pseudo-instructions for branch
252b5132
RH
7362optimization.
7363
7364This chapter discusses most of these differences, though it does not
7365include details on any machine's instruction set. For details on that
7366subject, see the hardware manufacturer's manual.
7367
7368@menu
a06ea964
NC
7369@ifset AARCH64
7370* AArch64-Dependent:: AArch64 Dependent Features
7371@end ifset
625e1353
RH
7372@ifset ALPHA
7373* Alpha-Dependent:: Alpha Dependent Features
7374@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7375@ifset ARC
7376* ARC-Dependent:: ARC Dependent Features
7377@end ifset
7378@ifset ARM
7379* ARM-Dependent:: ARM Dependent Features
7380@end ifset
8473f7a4
DC
7381@ifset AVR
7382* AVR-Dependent:: AVR Dependent Features
7383@end ifset
3b4e1885
JZ
7384@ifset Blackfin
7385* Blackfin-Dependent:: Blackfin Dependent Features
07c1b327 7386@end ifset
3d3d428f
NC
7387@ifset CR16
7388* CR16-Dependent:: CR16 Dependent Features
7389@end ifset
8bf549a8 7390@ifset CRIS
328eb32e
HPN
7391* CRIS-Dependent:: CRIS Dependent Features
7392@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7393@ifset D10V
7394* D10V-Dependent:: D10V Dependent Features
7395@end ifset
7396@ifset D30V
7397* D30V-Dependent:: D30V Dependent Features
7398@end ifset
cfb8c092
NC
7399@ifset EPIPHANY
7400* Epiphany-Dependent:: EPIPHANY Dependent Features
7401@end ifset
252b5132 7402@ifset H8/300
c2dcd04e 7403* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
252b5132 7404@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7405@ifset HPPA
7406* HPPA-Dependent:: HPPA Dependent Features
7407@end ifset
5b93d8bb
AM
7408@ifset I370
7409* ESA/390-Dependent:: IBM ESA/390 Dependent Features
7410@end ifset
252b5132 7411@ifset I80386
55b62671 7412* i386-Dependent:: Intel 80386 and AMD x86-64 Dependent Features
252b5132 7413@end ifset
e3308d0d
JE
7414@ifset I860
7415* i860-Dependent:: Intel 80860 Dependent Features
7416@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7417@ifset I960
7418* i960-Dependent:: Intel 80960 Dependent Features
7419@end ifset
5cb53c21
L
7420@ifset IA64
7421* IA-64-Dependent:: Intel IA-64 Dependent Features
7422@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
7423@ifset IP2K
7424* IP2K-Dependent:: IP2K Dependent Features
7425@end ifset
84e94c90
NC
7426@ifset LM32
7427* LM32-Dependent:: LM32 Dependent Features
7428@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
7429@ifset M32C
7430* M32C-Dependent:: M32C Dependent Features
7431@end ifset
ec694b89
NC
7432@ifset M32R
7433* M32R-Dependent:: M32R Dependent Features
7434@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7435@ifset M680X0
7436* M68K-Dependent:: M680x0 Dependent Features
7437@end ifset
60bcf0fa
NC
7438@ifset M68HC11
7439* M68HC11-Dependent:: M68HC11 and 68HC12 Dependent Features
7440@end ifset
a3c62988
NC
7441@ifset METAG
7442* Meta-Dependent :: Meta Dependent Features
7443@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
7444@ifset MICROBLAZE
7445* MicroBlaze-Dependent:: MICROBLAZE Dependent Features
7446@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7447@ifset MIPS
7448* MIPS-Dependent:: MIPS Dependent Features
7449@end ifset
3c3bdf30
NC
7450@ifset MMIX
7451* MMIX-Dependent:: MMIX Dependent Features
7452@end ifset
2469cfa2
NC
7453@ifset MSP430
7454* MSP430-Dependent:: MSP430 Dependent Features
7455@end ifset
35c08157
KLC
7456@ifset NDS32
7457* NDS32-Dependent:: Andes NDS32 Dependent Features
7458@end ifset
36591ba1
SL
7459@ifset NIOSII
7460* NiosII-Dependent:: Altera Nios II Dependent Features
7461@end ifset
7c31ae13
NC
7462@ifset NS32K
7463* NS32K-Dependent:: NS32K Dependent Features
7464@end ifset
e135f41b
NC
7465@ifset PDP11
7466* PDP-11-Dependent:: PDP-11 Dependent Features
7467@end ifset
041dd5a9
ILT
7468@ifset PJ
7469* PJ-Dependent:: picoJava Dependent Features
7470@end ifset
418c1742
MG
7471@ifset PPC
7472* PPC-Dependent:: PowerPC Dependent Features
7473@end ifset
99c513f6
DD
7474@ifset RL78
7475* RL78-Dependent:: RL78 Dependent Features
7476@end ifset
046d31c2
NC
7477@ifset RX
7478* RX-Dependent:: RX Dependent Features
7479@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
7480@ifset S390
7481* S/390-Dependent:: IBM S/390 Dependent Features
7482@end ifset
c0157db4
NC
7483@ifset SCORE
7484* SCORE-Dependent:: SCORE Dependent Features
7485@end ifset
d3b47e2b
L
7486@ifset SH
7487* SH-Dependent:: Renesas / SuperH SH Dependent Features
7488* SH64-Dependent:: SuperH SH64 Dependent Features
7489@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7490@ifset SPARC
7491* Sparc-Dependent:: SPARC Dependent Features
7492@end ifset
39bec121
TW
7493@ifset TIC54X
7494* TIC54X-Dependent:: TI TMS320C54x Dependent Features
7495@end ifset
40b36596
JM
7496@ifset TIC6X
7497* TIC6X-Dependent :: TI TMS320C6x Dependent Features
7498@end ifset
aa137e4d
NC
7499@ifset TILEGX
7500* TILE-Gx-Dependent :: Tilera TILE-Gx Dependent Features
7501@end ifset
7502@ifset TILEPRO
7503* TILEPro-Dependent :: Tilera TILEPro Dependent Features
7504@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7505@ifset V850
7506* V850-Dependent:: V850 Dependent Features
7507@end ifset
b6605ddd
EB
7508@ifset VAX
7509* Vax-Dependent:: VAX Dependent Features
7510@end ifset
7511@ifset VISIUM
7512* Visium-Dependent:: Visium Dependent Features
7513@end ifset
f6c1a2d5
NC
7514@ifset XGATE
7515* XGATE-Dependent:: XGATE Features
7516@end ifset
6753e72f
NC
7517@ifset XSTORMY16
7518* XSTORMY16-Dependent:: XStormy16 Dependent Features
7519@end ifset
e0001a05
NC
7520@ifset XTENSA
7521* Xtensa-Dependent:: Xtensa Dependent Features
7522@end ifset
3c9b82ba
NC
7523@ifset Z80
7524* Z80-Dependent:: Z80 Dependent Features
7525@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7526@ifset Z8000
7527* Z8000-Dependent:: Z8000 Dependent Features
7528@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7529@end menu
7530
7531@lowersections
7532@end ifset
7533
7534@c The following major nodes are *sections* in the GENERIC version, *chapters*
7535@c in single-cpu versions. This is mainly achieved by @lowersections. There is a
7536@c peculiarity: to preserve cross-references, there must be a node called
7537@c "Machine Dependencies". Hence the conditional nodenames in each
7538@c major node below. Node defaulting in makeinfo requires adjacency of
7539@c node and sectioning commands; hence the repetition of @chapter BLAH
7540@c in both conditional blocks.
7541
a06ea964
NC
7542@ifset AARCH64
7543@include c-aarch64.texi
7544@end ifset
7545
625e1353
RH
7546@ifset ALPHA
7547@include c-alpha.texi
7548@end ifset
7549
7550@ifset ARC
7551@include c-arc.texi
7552@end ifset
7553
252b5132
RH
7554@ifset ARM
7555@include c-arm.texi
7556@end ifset
7557
8473f7a4
DC
7558@ifset AVR
7559@include c-avr.texi
7560@end ifset
7561
3b4e1885 7562@ifset Blackfin
07c1b327
CM
7563@include c-bfin.texi
7564@end ifset
7565
3d3d428f
NC
7566@ifset CR16
7567@include c-cr16.texi
7568@end ifset
7569
328eb32e
HPN
7570@ifset CRIS
7571@include c-cris.texi
7572@end ifset
7573
c2dcd04e 7574@ifset Renesas-all
252b5132
RH
7575@ifclear GENERIC
7576@node Machine Dependencies
7577@chapter Machine Dependent Features
7578
c2dcd04e 7579The machine instruction sets are different on each Renesas chip family,
252b5132 7580and there are also some syntax differences among the families. This
a4fb0134 7581chapter describes the specific @command{@value{AS}} features for each
252b5132
RH
7582family.
7583
7584@menu
c2dcd04e 7585* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
c2dcd04e 7586* SH-Dependent:: Renesas SH Dependent Features
252b5132
RH
7587@end menu
7588@lowersections
7589@end ifclear
7590@end ifset
7591
7592@ifset D10V
7593@include c-d10v.texi
7594@end ifset
7595
7596@ifset D30V
7597@include c-d30v.texi
7598@end ifset
7599
cfb8c092
NC
7600@ifset EPIPHANY
7601@include c-epiphany.texi
7602@end ifset
7603
252b5132
RH
7604@ifset H8/300
7605@include c-h8300.texi
7606@end ifset
7607
252b5132
RH
7608@ifset HPPA
7609@include c-hppa.texi
7610@end ifset
7611
5b93d8bb
AM
7612@ifset I370
7613@include c-i370.texi
7614@end ifset
7615
252b5132
RH
7616@ifset I80386
7617@include c-i386.texi
7618@end ifset
7619
e3308d0d
JE
7620@ifset I860
7621@include c-i860.texi
7622@end ifset
7623
252b5132
RH
7624@ifset I960
7625@include c-i960.texi
7626@end ifset
7627
9e32ca89
NC
7628@ifset IA64
7629@include c-ia64.texi
7630@end ifset
7631
a40cbfa3
NC
7632@ifset IP2K
7633@include c-ip2k.texi
7634@end ifset
7635
84e94c90
NC
7636@ifset LM32
7637@include c-lm32.texi
7638@end ifset
7639
49f58d10
JB
7640@ifset M32C
7641@include c-m32c.texi
7642@end ifset
7643
ec694b89
NC
7644@ifset M32R
7645@include c-m32r.texi
7646@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7647
7648@ifset M680X0
7649@include c-m68k.texi
7650@end ifset
7651
60bcf0fa
NC
7652@ifset M68HC11
7653@include c-m68hc11.texi
7654@end ifset
7655
a3c62988
NC
7656@ifset METAG
7657@include c-metag.texi
7658@end ifset
7659
01642c12 7660@ifset MICROBLAZE
7ba29e2a
NC
7661@include c-microblaze.texi
7662@end ifset
7663
252b5132
RH
7664@ifset MIPS
7665@include c-mips.texi
7666@end ifset
7667
3c3bdf30
NC
7668@ifset MMIX
7669@include c-mmix.texi
7670@end ifset
7671
2469cfa2
NC
7672@ifset MSP430
7673@include c-msp430.texi
7674@end ifset
7675
35c08157
KLC
7676@ifset NDS32
7677@include c-nds32.texi
7678@end ifset
7679
36591ba1
SL
7680@ifset NIOSII
7681@include c-nios2.texi
7682@end ifset
7683
252b5132
RH
7684@ifset NS32K
7685@include c-ns32k.texi
7686@end ifset
7687
e135f41b
NC
7688@ifset PDP11
7689@include c-pdp11.texi
7690@end ifset
7691
041dd5a9
ILT
7692@ifset PJ
7693@include c-pj.texi
7694@end ifset
7695
418c1742
MG
7696@ifset PPC
7697@include c-ppc.texi
7698@end ifset
7699
99c513f6
DD
7700@ifset RL78
7701@include c-rl78.texi
7702@end ifset
7703
046d31c2
NC
7704@ifset RX
7705@include c-rx.texi
7706@end ifset
7707
11c19e16
MS
7708@ifset S390
7709@include c-s390.texi
7710@end ifset
7711
c0157db4
NC
7712@ifset SCORE
7713@include c-score.texi
7714@end ifset
7715
252b5132
RH
7716@ifset SH
7717@include c-sh.texi
324bfcf3 7718@include c-sh64.texi
252b5132
RH
7719@end ifset
7720
7721@ifset SPARC
7722@include c-sparc.texi
7723@end ifset
7724
39bec121
TW
7725@ifset TIC54X
7726@include c-tic54x.texi
7727@end ifset
7728
40b36596
JM
7729@ifset TIC6X
7730@include c-tic6x.texi
7731@end ifset
7732
aa137e4d
NC
7733@ifset TILEGX
7734@include c-tilegx.texi
7735@end ifset
7736
7737@ifset TILEPRO
7738@include c-tilepro.texi
7739@end ifset
7740
b6605ddd
EB
7741@ifset V850
7742@include c-v850.texi
252b5132
RH
7743@end ifset
7744
7745@ifset VAX
7746@include c-vax.texi
7747@end ifset
7748
b6605ddd
EB
7749@ifset VISIUM
7750@include c-visium.texi
252b5132
RH
7751@end ifset
7752
f6c1a2d5
NC
7753@ifset XGATE
7754@include c-xgate.texi
7755@end ifset
7756
6753e72f
NC
7757@ifset XSTORMY16
7758@include c-xstormy16.texi
7759@end ifset
7760
e0001a05
NC
7761@ifset XTENSA
7762@include c-xtensa.texi
7763@end ifset
7764
b6605ddd
EB
7765@ifset Z80
7766@include c-z80.texi
7767@end ifset
7768
7769@ifset Z8000
7770@include c-z8k.texi
7771@end ifset
7772
252b5132
RH
7773@ifset GENERIC
7774@c reverse effect of @down at top of generic Machine-Dep chapter
7775@raisesections
7776@end ifset
7777
7778@node Reporting Bugs
7779@chapter Reporting Bugs
7780@cindex bugs in assembler
7781@cindex reporting bugs in assembler
7782
a4fb0134 7783Your bug reports play an essential role in making @command{@value{AS}} reliable.
252b5132
RH
7784
7785Reporting a bug may help you by bringing a solution to your problem, or it may
7786not. But in any case the principal function of a bug report is to help the
a4fb0134
SC
7787entire community by making the next version of @command{@value{AS}} work better.
7788Bug reports are your contribution to the maintenance of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
7789
7790In order for a bug report to serve its purpose, you must include the
7791information that enables us to fix the bug.
7792
7793@menu
7794* Bug Criteria:: Have you found a bug?
7795* Bug Reporting:: How to report bugs
7796@end menu
7797
7798@node Bug Criteria
c1253627 7799@section Have You Found a Bug?
252b5132
RH
7800@cindex bug criteria
7801
7802If you are not sure whether you have found a bug, here are some guidelines:
7803
7804@itemize @bullet
7805@cindex fatal signal
7806@cindex assembler crash
7807@cindex crash of assembler
7808@item
7809If the assembler gets a fatal signal, for any input whatever, that is a
a4fb0134 7810@command{@value{AS}} bug. Reliable assemblers never crash.
252b5132
RH
7811
7812@cindex error on valid input
7813@item
a4fb0134 7814If @command{@value{AS}} produces an error message for valid input, that is a bug.
252b5132
RH
7815
7816@cindex invalid input
7817@item
a4fb0134 7818If @command{@value{AS}} does not produce an error message for invalid input, that
252b5132
RH
7819is a bug. However, you should note that your idea of ``invalid input'' might
7820be our idea of ``an extension'' or ``support for traditional practice''.
7821
7822@item
7823If you are an experienced user of assemblers, your suggestions for improvement
a4fb0134 7824of @command{@value{AS}} are welcome in any case.
252b5132
RH
7825@end itemize
7826
7827@node Bug Reporting
c1253627 7828@section How to Report Bugs
252b5132
RH
7829@cindex bug reports
7830@cindex assembler bugs, reporting
7831
7832A number of companies and individuals offer support for @sc{gnu} products. If
a4fb0134 7833you obtained @command{@value{AS}} from a support organization, we recommend you
252b5132
RH
7834contact that organization first.
7835
7836You can find contact information for many support companies and
7837individuals in the file @file{etc/SERVICE} in the @sc{gnu} Emacs
7838distribution.
7839
ad22bfe8 7840@ifset BUGURL
a4fb0134 7841In any event, we also recommend that you send bug reports for @command{@value{AS}}
ad22bfe8
JM
7842to @value{BUGURL}.
7843@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7844
7845The fundamental principle of reporting bugs usefully is this:
7846@strong{report all the facts}. If you are not sure whether to state a
7847fact or leave it out, state it!
7848
7849Often people omit facts because they think they know what causes the problem
7850and assume that some details do not matter. Thus, you might assume that the
7851name of a symbol you use in an example does not matter. Well, probably it does
7852not, but one cannot be sure. Perhaps the bug is a stray memory reference which
7853happens to fetch from the location where that name is stored in memory;
7854perhaps, if the name were different, the contents of that location would fool
7855the assembler into doing the right thing despite the bug. Play it safe and
7856give a specific, complete example. That is the easiest thing for you to do,
7857and the most helpful.
7858
7859Keep in mind that the purpose of a bug report is to enable us to fix the bug if
7860it is new to us. Therefore, always write your bug reports on the assumption
7861that the bug has not been reported previously.
7862
7863Sometimes people give a few sketchy facts and ask, ``Does this ring a
c1253627
NC
7864bell?'' This cannot help us fix a bug, so it is basically useless. We
7865respond by asking for enough details to enable us to investigate.
7866You might as well expedite matters by sending them to begin with.
252b5132
RH
7867
7868To enable us to fix the bug, you should include all these things:
7869
7870@itemize @bullet
7871@item
a4fb0134 7872The version of @command{@value{AS}}. @command{@value{AS}} announces it if you start
252b5132
RH
7873it with the @samp{--version} argument.
7874
7875Without this, we will not know whether there is any point in looking for
a4fb0134 7876the bug in the current version of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
7877
7878@item
a4fb0134 7879Any patches you may have applied to the @command{@value{AS}} source.
252b5132
RH
7880
7881@item
7882The type of machine you are using, and the operating system name and
7883version number.
7884
7885@item
a4fb0134 7886What compiler (and its version) was used to compile @command{@value{AS}}---e.g.
252b5132
RH
7887``@code{gcc-2.7}''.
7888
7889@item
7890The command arguments you gave the assembler to assemble your example and
7891observe the bug. To guarantee you will not omit something important, list them
7892all. A copy of the Makefile (or the output from make) is sufficient.
7893
7894If we were to try to guess the arguments, we would probably guess wrong
7895and then we might not encounter the bug.
7896
7897@item
7898A complete input file that will reproduce the bug. If the bug is observed when
7899the assembler is invoked via a compiler, send the assembler source, not the
7900high level language source. Most compilers will produce the assembler source
7901when run with the @samp{-S} option. If you are using @code{@value{GCC}}, use
7902the options @samp{-v --save-temps}; this will save the assembler source in a
7903file with an extension of @file{.s}, and also show you exactly how
a4fb0134 7904@command{@value{AS}} is being run.
252b5132
RH
7905
7906@item
7907A description of what behavior you observe that you believe is
7908incorrect. For example, ``It gets a fatal signal.''
7909
a4fb0134 7910Of course, if the bug is that @command{@value{AS}} gets a fatal signal, then we
252b5132
RH
7911will certainly notice it. But if the bug is incorrect output, we might not
7912notice unless it is glaringly wrong. You might as well not give us a chance to
7913make a mistake.
7914
7915Even if the problem you experience is a fatal signal, you should still say so
7916explicitly. Suppose something strange is going on, such as, your copy of
b45619c0 7917@command{@value{AS}} is out of sync, or you have encountered a bug in the C
252b5132
RH
7918library on your system. (This has happened!) Your copy might crash and ours
7919would not. If you told us to expect a crash, then when ours fails to crash, we
7920would know that the bug was not happening for us. If you had not told us to
7921expect a crash, then we would not be able to draw any conclusion from our
7922observations.
7923
7924@item
a4fb0134 7925If you wish to suggest changes to the @command{@value{AS}} source, send us context
252b5132
RH
7926diffs, as generated by @code{diff} with the @samp{-u}, @samp{-c}, or @samp{-p}
7927option. Always send diffs from the old file to the new file. If you even
a4fb0134 7928discuss something in the @command{@value{AS}} source, refer to it by context, not
252b5132
RH
7929by line number.
7930
7931The line numbers in our development sources will not match those in your
7932sources. Your line numbers would convey no useful information to us.
7933@end itemize
7934
7935Here are some things that are not necessary:
7936
7937@itemize @bullet
7938@item
7939A description of the envelope of the bug.
7940
7941Often people who encounter a bug spend a lot of time investigating
7942which changes to the input file will make the bug go away and which
7943changes will not affect it.
7944
7945This is often time consuming and not very useful, because the way we
7946will find the bug is by running a single example under the debugger
7947with breakpoints, not by pure deduction from a series of examples.
7948We recommend that you save your time for something else.
7949
7950Of course, if you can find a simpler example to report @emph{instead}
7951of the original one, that is a convenience for us. Errors in the
7952output will be easier to spot, running under the debugger will take
7953less time, and so on.
7954
7955However, simplification is not vital; if you do not want to do this,
7956report the bug anyway and send us the entire test case you used.
7957
7958@item
7959A patch for the bug.
7960
7961A patch for the bug does help us if it is a good one. But do not omit
7962the necessary information, such as the test case, on the assumption that
7963a patch is all we need. We might see problems with your patch and decide
7964to fix the problem another way, or we might not understand it at all.
7965
a4fb0134 7966Sometimes with a program as complicated as @command{@value{AS}} it is very hard to
252b5132
RH
7967construct an example that will make the program follow a certain path through
7968the code. If you do not send us the example, we will not be able to construct
7969one, so we will not be able to verify that the bug is fixed.
7970
7971And if we cannot understand what bug you are trying to fix, or why your
7972patch should be an improvement, we will not install it. A test case will
7973help us to understand.
7974
7975@item
7976A guess about what the bug is or what it depends on.
7977
7978Such guesses are usually wrong. Even we cannot guess right about such
7979things without first using the debugger to find the facts.
7980@end itemize
7981
7982@node Acknowledgements
7983@chapter Acknowledgements
7984
653cfe85 7985If you have contributed to GAS and your name isn't listed here,
252b5132 7986it is not meant as a slight. We just don't know about it. Send mail to the
01642c12 7987maintainer, and we'll correct the situation. Currently
3bfcb652
NC
7988@c (October 2012),
7989the maintainer is Nick Clifton (email address @code{nickc@@redhat.com}).
252b5132
RH
7990
7991Dean Elsner wrote the original @sc{gnu} assembler for the VAX.@footnote{Any
7992more details?}
7993
7994Jay Fenlason maintained GAS for a while, adding support for GDB-specific debug
7995information and the 68k series machines, most of the preprocessing pass, and
7996extensive changes in @file{messages.c}, @file{input-file.c}, @file{write.c}.
7997
7998K. Richard Pixley maintained GAS for a while, adding various enhancements and
7999many bug fixes, including merging support for several processors, breaking GAS
8000up to handle multiple object file format back ends (including heavy rewrite,
8001testing, an integration of the coff and b.out back ends), adding configuration
8002including heavy testing and verification of cross assemblers and file splits
8003and renaming, converted GAS to strictly ANSI C including full prototypes, added
8004support for m680[34]0 and cpu32, did considerable work on i960 including a COFF
8005port (including considerable amounts of reverse engineering), a SPARC opcode
8006file rewrite, DECstation, rs6000, and hp300hpux host ports, updated ``know''
8007assertions and made them work, much other reorganization, cleanup, and lint.
8008
8009Ken Raeburn wrote the high-level BFD interface code to replace most of the code
8010in format-specific I/O modules.
8011
8012The original VMS support was contributed by David L. Kashtan. Eric Youngdale
8013has done much work with it since.
8014
8015The Intel 80386 machine description was written by Eliot Dresselhaus.
8016
8017Minh Tran-Le at IntelliCorp contributed some AIX 386 support.
8018
8019The Motorola 88k machine description was contributed by Devon Bowen of Buffalo
8020University and Torbjorn Granlund of the Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
8021
8022Keith Knowles at the Open Software Foundation wrote the original MIPS back end
8023(@file{tc-mips.c}, @file{tc-mips.h}), and contributed Rose format support
8024(which hasn't been merged in yet). Ralph Campbell worked with the MIPS code to
8025support a.out format.
8026
7be1c489
AM
8027Support for the Zilog Z8k and Renesas H8/300 processors (tc-z8k,
8028tc-h8300), and IEEE 695 object file format (obj-ieee), was written by
252b5132
RH
8029Steve Chamberlain of Cygnus Support. Steve also modified the COFF back end to
8030use BFD for some low-level operations, for use with the H8/300 and AMD 29k
8031targets.
8032
8033John Gilmore built the AMD 29000 support, added @code{.include} support, and
8034simplified the configuration of which versions accept which directives. He
8035updated the 68k machine description so that Motorola's opcodes always produced
c1253627 8036fixed-size instructions (e.g., @code{jsr}), while synthetic instructions
252b5132
RH
8037remained shrinkable (@code{jbsr}). John fixed many bugs, including true tested
8038cross-compilation support, and one bug in relaxation that took a week and
8039required the proverbial one-bit fix.
8040
8041Ian Lance Taylor of Cygnus Support merged the Motorola and MIT syntax for the
804268k, completed support for some COFF targets (68k, i386 SVR3, and SCO Unix),
8043added support for MIPS ECOFF and ELF targets, wrote the initial RS/6000 and
8044PowerPC assembler, and made a few other minor patches.
8045
653cfe85 8046Steve Chamberlain made GAS able to generate listings.
252b5132
RH
8047
8048Hewlett-Packard contributed support for the HP9000/300.
8049
8050Jeff Law wrote GAS and BFD support for the native HPPA object format (SOM)
8051along with a fairly extensive HPPA testsuite (for both SOM and ELF object
8052formats). This work was supported by both the Center for Software Science at
8053the University of Utah and Cygnus Support.
8054
8055Support for ELF format files has been worked on by Mark Eichin of Cygnus
8056Support (original, incomplete implementation for SPARC), Pete Hoogenboom and
8057Jeff Law at the University of Utah (HPPA mainly), Michael Meissner of the Open
8058Software Foundation (i386 mainly), and Ken Raeburn of Cygnus Support (sparc,
8059and some initial 64-bit support).
8060
c1253627 8061Linas Vepstas added GAS support for the ESA/390 ``IBM 370'' architecture.
5b93d8bb 8062
252b5132
RH
8063Richard Henderson rewrote the Alpha assembler. Klaus Kaempf wrote GAS and BFD
8064support for openVMS/Alpha.
8065
39bec121
TW
8066Timothy Wall, Michael Hayes, and Greg Smart contributed to the various tic*
8067flavors.
8068
e0001a05 8069David Heine, Sterling Augustine, Bob Wilson and John Ruttenberg from Tensilica,
b45619c0 8070Inc.@: added support for Xtensa processors.
e0001a05 8071
252b5132
RH
8072Several engineers at Cygnus Support have also provided many small bug fixes and
8073configuration enhancements.
8074
84e94c90
NC
8075Jon Beniston added support for the Lattice Mico32 architecture.
8076
252b5132
RH
8077Many others have contributed large or small bugfixes and enhancements. If
8078you have contributed significant work and are not mentioned on this list, and
8079want to be, let us know. Some of the history has been lost; we are not
8080intentionally leaving anyone out.
8081
793c5807
NC
8082@node GNU Free Documentation License
8083@appendix GNU Free Documentation License
c1253627 8084@include fdl.texi
cf055d54 8085
370b66a1
CD
8086@node AS Index
8087@unnumbered AS Index
252b5132
RH
8088
8089@printindex cp
8090
252b5132
RH
8091@bye
8092@c Local Variables:
8093@c fill-column: 79
8094@c End:
This page took 1.320472 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.